IV.F. SIXTH SEAL – AN ESPECIALLY LARGE SHAKING (EARTHQUAKE) AND OTHER CALAMITIES OCCUR ON AND TO THE U.S. MAINLAND TO SIGNAL THE END OF THE LAST JUDGMENT TIME OF TRIBULATION HARVEST WAVE AND BEGINNING OF THAT GREAT DAY OF WRATH AKA THE “WINEPRESS” END OF DAYS THAT CAUSES THE HUMANS WHO HAVE BOUGHT SPACE IN CONSTRUCTED UNDERGROUND DWELLINGS TO FLEE THE SURFACE CORRECTLY ANTICIPATING MORE CALAMITY (PLAGUES) MANY WILL ATTRIBUTE TO THE SO CALLED BAD SPACE ALIENS, OF WHICH TI and DO AND CREW WOULD BE CONSIDERED BY THEM TO BE A PART. A SEALING OF THE “144 THOUSAND (TRIBE/FAMILY)” TAKES PLACE BEFORE THE 7 ANGELS POUR OUT THEIR VIALS – ESCALATING THE “WRATH OF GOD” MANY ARE FURTHER TESTED TO STAND THROUGH
There seems to be quite the consistency in the way prophecy was laid out with TI and DO’s Kingdom’s:
1) preparation to include preliminary events 2) arrival to include dissemination of Their truth and 3) conclusion as a final judgment and either salvation or recycled souls and Spirit/Minds, relative to each of the 5th, 6th and 7th periods of time and prophesied events described in each of the Three Sevens that are all “affirmation of allegiance to Next Level covenants (commitments to their behaviors, ways and serviceability) during 1) The Seven Angels Sounding Trumpets that sets the stage for the crew of returning Souls arrival, awakening, public disclosures (prophecy) and overcoming requirements for FIRST fruit harvest (graduation from the human evolutionary kingdom and 2) The Opening of the Seven Seals on the revealing of the remaining mystery pertaining to the BACKSIDE of the BOOK prophecy fulfillments adds up to the Final Tribulation and Judgment Time that builds to 3) The Seven Angels Who Pour Out their Vials (calamities) that fulfill the final “wrath of God.”
For instance, the Next Level Crew show their arrival primarily during the time of the 1st to 5th Trumpet Soundings in the 1940’s and 1950’s via their self-sacrifice (cast down their crowns – (Rev 4:10)) of their Next Level physical vehicles (Mostly the Student Model vehicles) shown in some of the crashes of primitive spacecrafts (UFO’s). Their arrival also provided the key to open the BOTTOMLESS PIT (literal underground hiding places) that lets the LUCIFERIAN (having become the offspring of the original fallen angels led by the one named Lucifer, who all once had some elementary service for the Next Level), SPACE ALIENS (because they once had some circulation in outer space regions but in becoming renegades were now alien (estranged DNA and subsequent programming) to the Next Level), provide their VENOMOUS INFLUENCE (because of the misinformation content of their minds and how they seek to capture humans to their thinking that is against the Next Level’s reality and thus DEADLY TO A SOUL).
The Luciferian Space Aliens are HUMAN EQUIVALENT (as the DNA of their physical vehicles didn’t necessarily originate on earth and the exact “human” condition is unique to Earth), MAMMALS (as they all have physical bodies that are biologically from mammalian gene hybridization). But by their release from the “pit” as they began to influence humans who became aware of the crashes, their “venom” spread and infected humans that because the “secret government” spoken of as Mystery Babylon – shown with a “woman” (generator) as it’s “queen” who “sits on” this BEAST that has taken over the “garden” so that all the kings of the earth are to degrees beholding and “in bed with” by their basking in the luxuries from it’s rise to global leadership, which began the U.S. primary decent in 2000.
This is followed by the Older Members (and returning Student Crew) coming incarnate – “borrowing” and taking over prepared human vehicles for their task of the Two Witnesses (He and his Father) and Their giving their “testimony” publically (prophecy) as “smelling salts” to the prepared human vehicles the Student Crew of returning Soul needed to also incarnate into, spend the needed lesson time overcoming their remaining humanness until it was exit time, which again entailed sacrificing their borrowed human vehicles – all during the time of the 6th Angel’s Trumpet Sounding.
Thereafter the remaining Souls who returned with them having just started their overcoming during and since the time Jesus was incarnate would have their opportunity during the time of the 7th Angels Trumpet Sounding. The lesson plan for these is slightly different as they are comprised of those who were not strong enough to graduate with the FIRST FRUIT classroom and/or had not yet earned a Student Model Next Level vehicle to make their application to be rewarded with one, called a “crown” by believing in everything TI and DO said and that they were from the Creators Kingdom who created everything and all the life forms and then would “stand for TI and DO” and maintain that stand, accepting the consequences until they exit their human vehicle however that occurs, but according to prophecy could occur by being literally slain/killed because of their stand for TI and DO, just like occurred for many who stood for Jesus, the real Jesus teachings following his exit from among them.
Overlapping these trumpet sounding times are the start of the 7 seal periods starting with Do and the 38+4 Student graduate’s exit of their human vehicles in 1997 and their Soul’s ascension into whatever spacecraft was hidden from human eyes (in the clouds, or cloudiness) that showed they conquered their human vehicles natural and necessary fear of dying. Dying should not be easy to accept unless one is sure they are acting on behalf of the Next Level and then letting their Older Member help us approve of how and when. We seek that approval the same way we would seek approval for everything we do, up until that point, but by taking His lead in that regard and “screaming” for help to know and have the courage to proceed in whatever way, as He is not going to lead us in any one direction when he is not physically incarnate, as it’s too easy for discarnates – and/or Luciferian space aliens to influence us then. This will only be understood by those who have some of His Mind and consciousness of His reality with us.
It is by the time of the 5th seal time period that the remaining Souls have taken over their human vehicles enough to be willing to give their lives in service to TI and DO’s remaining task completion requirement instructions to begin or continue one’s metamorphosis that overall includes “standing for them” that is part of starting that metamorphosis because of how telling others about TI and DO in a positive light further separates them from their humanness because TI and DO’s thinking isn’t really on the human radar to decipher into common sense. That thinking needs to be drawn into our consciousness by seeking to know all they left behind for us to take in and digest. Giving one’s life isn’t necessarily the completion of their Overcoming of all their Humanness but could qualify them to be awarded with a student model Next Level vehicle for their self sacrifice, however that takes place by another’s hand or by their own.
To choose to exit one’s vehicle by one’s own hand, thinking it’s the ultimate thing to do – to escape taking advantage of the difficult lessons we can have while in the human kingdom, would be the wrong motivation. We need our human physical vehicles to learn lessons by. Short cutting will mean having to face those same lessons again and if we exited before knowing it was the right thing to do, those lessons could be harder to learn the next go round as one will have that program of escape from those lessons to try to override again.
It is during this 6th seal time period shown in Rev 6:15-17 that those remaining who have given themselves to their human kingdoms leaders – the Luciferian space aliens (whether they know it or not) seek to hide underground from the “face of him that sits on the throne” – the only FACE (presence, identity) some may actually think of as being Do’s human vehicle’s face/identity, as he is now the One sitting on the throne, having completed his task of spirit-birthing Their FIRST FRUIT student body. His final return is not incarnate but is to “save” the remaining Souls, though some of those will also be awarded Student Model Next Level vehicles to wear, while some of those that were the FIRST FRUIT graduates would have earned an Adult Next Level vehicle and return as part of his Armada to enact the Final Judgment and the Seven Angels pouring out of their vials which is the remaining “wrath of God.”
This matches up with the end of the 6th Angels Pouring Out of Their Vial, when They (Do and Crew) gather together the .”..kings of the earth and of the whole world, to the final battle of that great day of God Almighty…called in the Hebrew tongue Armageddon shown in Rev 16:14-16. The Sixth Part of each of these three multiples of “SEVEN” periods represent the primary arrivals while the Seventh of each the conclusion with the others the events leading up and setting up each of the arrivals.
The opening of this Sixth Seal as with all Next Level prophecy continues the process that is referred to as the “great tribulation” that is concluded with all those who have shown their allegiance to TI and DO being “sealed” and some of that takes place before, during and after the tribulation events as it’s all part of the Judgment Hour (40 years) that has come after the primary return Hour differentiated as the FIRST and LAST harvest periods.
(See how this correlates with the section: IV.D.2. DANIEL 9 – THE SEVENTY WEEKS/YEARS (SEALS/AFFIRMATION PERIODS) AND THE SIX/SIXTH NEXT LEVEL ARRIVAL PERIODS/TIMES)
IV.F.1. DAY OF WRATH IS SHOWN AS THE DOUBLE REWARD FOR THE U.S. LED BEASTS DESCRIBED IN REV 17-18 THAT INCLUDES THE LARGE STONE OBJECT(S) THAT ARE CAST INTO THE SEA IN REV 18:21, WHOSE DAMAGE IS A PART OF WHAT’S DESCRIBED IN FURTHER DETAIL IN REV 16:17-21 – THE SEVENTH ANGEL’S POURING OUT OF THE VIAL THAT SIGNIFIES THE KINGDOM OF GOD IS “DONE” WITH ANY NEW OPPORTUNITIES FOR THE REMAINING EARTH’S OCCUPANTS TO CHANGE THEIR MIND TO SHOW ALLEGIANCE TO THE NEXT LEVEL ABOVE HUMAN
-Rev 6:12 And I beheld when he had opened the sixth seal, and, lo, there was a great ((big, large)) earthquake ((seismos= shaking, a commotion, tempest)); and the sun became ((cause to be generated, arise, be brought to pass, be showed, be turned)) black as sackcloth ((8242 saq from shaqaq 8264= a course mesh (that allows liquid to run through))) of hair, and the moon became ((cause to be generated, arise, be brought to pass, be showed, be turned)) as blood;
Rev 6:13 And the stars of heaven fell unto the earth, even as a fig tree casteth her untimely figs, when she is shaken of a mighty wind.
All of these points are addressed by Jesus that he seemingly was referencing to the prophet Joel. (This is some of the reason for the prophets so that new incarnate representatives and especially the Older Members can have clues to refer to the future). Jesus doesn’t mention the earthquake in this verse but said before this “there would be earthquakes in diverse places”.
Mat 24:29 Immediately ((straightway, immediately, forthwith, directly, soon)) after ((amid, accompaniment, with, behind)) the tribulation ((2347 thlipsis= pressing (together), pressure, [Rev 14/19 winepress harvest time] oppression, affliction, distress, straits)) of those days shall the sun be darkened ((obscured, shaded)), and the moon shall not give her light, and the stars shall fall from ((apo= separate, off, away from)) heaven, and the powers ((dunamis= strength, ability)) of the heavens ((sky)) shall be shaken ((saleuo= shake down, agitation, shaking)):
– GREAT EARTHQUAKE (SHAKING, COMMOTION, TEMPEST)
Joe 2:10 The earth shall quake before them; the heavens shall tremble: the sun and the moon shall be dark ((6937 qadar= to be ashy, dark colored; be black(ish), be (make) dark(en), X heavily, (cause to) mourn)), and the stars shall withdraw ((622 ‘acaph= to gather for any purpose; hence to receive, take away, assemble, bring, consume, destroy, fetch, gather, X utterly)) their shining ((5051/5050 (literal or as a figure)= brilliancy, bright(-ness), light, clear(shining), dawn, morning, glitter, cause to illuminate, en-(lighten), (cause to) shine))
– THE SUN GENERATES “BLACK” COMPARED TO “SACKCLOTH HAIR” – Seemingly in relationship to this time in particular, in Mat 24:29 Jesus says that the sun will be darkened, which with it’s added translation options refers to it’s light being obscured or shaded compared to a “course mesh” (sackcloth hair) so perhaps is not totally blackened. It could be that the sun is filled with sunspots that could look like a hairy course mesh of a fabric. Sackcloth
Using sackcloth in the symbolism would seem to match the times. It’s usage is found throughout the Old Testament and mentioned by Jesus in reference to repentance (a person literally changing their mind about something). Sackcloth was the most austere clothing because they were bags often made from goats hair used to ship grains in, so the poor could find useful for clothing. The usage of “hair” in particular lends itself to a description of a fabric which then can relate to:
Isa 50:3 I clothe the heavens with blackness, and I make sackcloth their covering.
Isa 13:10 For the stars of heaven and the constellations thereof shall not give their light: the sun shall be darkened in his going forth, and the moon shall not cause her light to shine.
These next verses from Ezekiel indicate the Next Level installs a type of CLOUD COVER to block out all the light from the heavens. One way that is imaginable is also related to smoke, as from volcano’s and in times past dust, as in the late 1930’s dust-bowl, which seemed to be the first manifestation of this calamity/plague, shown in Rev 8:12’a fourth angels trumpet sounding. The 7 Angel’s trumpet Sounding events were heralding, with examples the start of the events of the Day of Wrath – 7 Vials.
Humans have figured out some of what to expect from a large object hitting the sea. A fiery object would cause such an immediate evaporation cloud like many atomic bombs, depending on it’s size would become extensive cloud cover. Another way the Next Level might have available in their tool box to “cover the heaven” would be by installing an object in between the sun and the earth actually thereby regulating how much light, if any, hits the planet. There is already talk about this being Nirabu, some call the Twelfth Planet, based on a popular sci-fi writers book. This is not the only place this idea has been expressed though what’s most important about such an idea is not whether or not it could occur, but by whom and why and how it fits into these prophecies:
Eze 32:7 And when I shall put thee out, I WILL COVER THE HEAVEN, AND MAKE THE STARS THEREOF DARK; I WILL COVER THE SUN WITH A CLOUD, and the moon shall not give her light.
Eze 32:8 All the bright lights of heaven will I make dark over thee, and set darkness upon thy land, saith the Lord GOD.
Joe 2:1 Blow ye the trumpet in Zion ((parched desert like area [as in U.S. southwest from Texas to California)), and sound an alarm in my holy mountain (([a continent is a mountain and where the Next Level comes incarnate makes it a holy mountain])): let all the inhabitants of the land tremble: for the day of the LORD cometh, for it is nigh at hand;
Joe 2:2 A DAY OF DARKNESS AND OF GLOOMINESS, A DAY OF CLOUDS AND OF THICK DARKNESS, as the morning spread upon the mountains: a great people and a strong; there hath not been ever the like, neither shall be any more after it, even to the years of many generations.
– MOON BECOMES OR GENERATES BLOOD – Total Lunar Eclipses yield a red looking moon. The blood moon is also a sign of upcoming bloodshed and in general is causing the moons light not to shine which is also shown through many Old Testament prophecies for this time period – for example in Joel:
Joe 2:30 And I will shew wonders in the heavens and in the earth, blood, and fire, and pillars of smoke.
These SIGNS would be what has significantly increased since 1997 – IN THE HEAVENS; comets of all sorts of shapes, sizes, appearance and proximity to earth, Fireballs, Meteor strikes, IN THE EARTH with the space alien activity, governmental deceptions, profiteering in high finance among corporations, loss of human rights even in the once promising U.S. and Canada’s last frontier, BLOOD; increased endless war, mass shootings and bombings and an overall increase of violence, anarchy, vigilantism, hatreds, bigotries, injustice, judgmentalism – self righteousness – secular or religio-spiritual, man made diseases, bigger and more frequent earthquakes, tsunami’s, hurricanes, and most of all, FIRE; drought stimulated forest fires, nuclear proliferation as in meltdowns polluting the land and oceans, and PILLARS of SMOKE from volcanic eruptions.
Joe 2:31 The sun shall be turned into darkness, and the moon into blood, before the great and terrible day of the LORD come.
Joe 2:32 And it shall come to pass, that whosoever shall call on the name of the LORD shall be delivered: for in mount Zion and in Jerusalem shall be deliverance, as the LORD hath said, and in the remnant whom the LORD shall call.
Luk 21:25 And there shall be signs in the sun, and in the moon, and in the stars; and upon the earth distress of nations, with perplexity; the sea and the waves roaring;
I believe this is all mostly pertaining to the time starting with the new millennium with often record setting natural calamities and human events as well but in regards to “the sea and the waves roaring” from about the year 2004, about 7 years after Do and the 38+4 exited their human vehicles, in part evidenced by a number of events, perhaps the biggest being the Indian Ocean Sumatra and Indonesia 9.1 mag. earthquake that shook the planet about .4 inches (humans measured) and caused a tsunami on Dec 26, 2004 that killed over 230,000 people affecting 14 countries with 100 foot high waves that brought 6 foot waves to as far away as Chili and caused earthquakes in Alaska.
On March 11, 2011 or almost exactly 14 years after TI and DO’s classroom exited was another equally large earthquake having a 9.0 magnitude near Tohoku Japan that caused the earth to shift on it’s axis by 4-10 inches and generated sound waves and a tsunami with 128 foot waves in one area that all told killed about 16,000 people and resulted in 3 Nuclear Reactor meltdowns at Fukashima (because of the backup generators getting flooded) that is a disaster in progress being that tons of radioactive waste water are pouring into the Pacific ocean every day and has caused “dead zones” and increased radiation levels detected on the coast of the U.S. state of Washington since.
Sticking to those events that caused great calamity among the people of the U.S., however tame compared to these others, began moreorless with hurricanes, most pronounced in 2005, as the most active season in the U.S. up until that time, with a record 28 tropical and subtropical storms formed, 15 of which became hurricane’s and four reached category 5 strength.
The blood moon or moons sited here would seem to be a sign of death from war and famine which the Jews have a longstanding interpretation of, the location of the war and famine, they say depends on where the blood moons occur. This may have it’s accuracy as where signs from the heavens are most apparent would make sense to have the added part of the “sign” as referring to specific areas the Next Level intends to bring events to. There may be a particular significance to the tetrad of blood moons which are four consecutive total lunar eclipses over two years as occurred last in: April and October of 2014 and April and September of 2015 seeming to herald the 6th year in the decade that starts the opening of the 4th seal, a time of significantly increased separation and sorting.
This sorting is based on their choices in thoughts (their relationship if any with the Next Level Above Human) and their behavior – how they treat others and what they stand for with their actions in word and deed, thus to whom they serve, between the various governmental related BEAST and and what they do, said as acceptance of various forms of “marking” – sealing their fate by their own choices.
The next tetrad occurs in: 2032 Apr 25, 2032 Oct 18, 2033 Apr 14 and 2033 Oct 08 which may be about the time of these 6th Seal’s calamities and the end of the Next Level’s continuing provision of opportunities for humans to choose to come to them. Some may still change but by the time of the 7th seal’s opening the Next Level is “done” providing new opportunities to wake up to seeing their reality and deciding to whom to show their allegiance.
– STARS OF HEAVEN FELL TO THE EARTH – This does seem to be meant as plural “stars” because the example is given to a fig tree casting her untimely figs by a mighty wind shaking the tree.
Mat 24:29 Immediately after the tribulation of those days shall the sun be darkened, and the moon shall not give her light, and the stars shall fall from heaven, and the powers of the heavens shall be shaken:
“Stars” is from the Greek “aster” which refers to a LIGHTED OBJECT STREWN ACROSS THE HEAVENS (like a comet in the near to distant heavens or the new term “Fireball” in the very close atmosphere, or a meteor displays) but simultaneously to the individuals who had become “stars” in the sense of having risen above the human kingdom, to some degree at some time.
“Heaven” can be all places elevated beyond the firmament earth – the literal ground.
These “stars,” referring to individuals using such objects as transportation at this point in time “after and/or during” the “tribulation” period would not be Members of the Next Level for several reasons. Firstly that is because of the timing as all the Older and Younger and Student Members of the Next Level who have physical Next Level bodies or student Souls already came to earth, as shown in the first 5 Angels Sounding Trumpets up until the 1950’s, seen in history as some of the UFO crashes in the U.S. southwest which was some 50 years before the “tribulation” period was to begin and because this same idea in Rev 6:13 compare this “cast out” to “untimely figs” – figs that were not ripe but were “shook” off their “fig tree” by a “mighty wind,” thus from a violent force from “heaven” that causes them to break off the “tree” they were on.
This is what happens to the Dragon and his angels again but this time during this end time as yet another provision of choice from the Next Level to the Luciferian space aliens to choose to whom to give/show their allegiance. Their allegiance to themselves may already be set in stone for some or even all, but like TI and DO said, Lucifer and his associates were given many chances to change and that eventually got to a point of no return for them, though the Next Level until it’s over doesn’t assume they are at that point of no return, but their tests get harder and harder:
Rev 12:9 And the great dragon was cast out, that old serpent, called the Devil, and Satan, which deceiveth the whole world: he was cast out into the earth, and his angels were cast out with him.
This verse refers to the time period AFTER the FIRST “battle in/for heaven (Above Human Kingdom in the literal heavens), fought in the Earth’s atmospheric sky/elevated area” where the Dragon (Lucifer) and his angels (seven seized (heads) with ten horns (hairs grown out from the seized heads) and seven who are “above, after, among, have charge of” those seized (heads) which equals 24 that could be the number of fallen angels who TI and DO said would be replaced by the some of their students (that may be why there are “24 elders,” because that’s how many “seats/positions” needed to be filled) DID NOT PREVAIL/OVERCOME THE ARCHANGEL MICHAEL AND HIS ANGELS in Rev 12:7-8. As Michael was the name given to the prophet Daniel and was stated as an archangel, a “captain of angels” this wording shows the history leading up to the current battle after the tribulation period is underway that on the ground was made manifest by Do (whose Mind/Soul had been incarnate in the name “Jesus” before, and was also indicated by the way Michael was described as a “christ” as the one depicted as Michael (which was not an incarnation).
Thus these “stars” seem to be the Luciferian space aliens, the fallen angel souls, who were once “adopted (sons) of God” (Genesis 6) but who renegaded from their elementary service by influencing humans on earth and propagating their “seed” among them, all against their Older Member’s instruction, that resulted in birthing offspring through human women and then teaching them things, like some “healing arts,” etc. that the Next Level didn’t approve of at that time, perhaps because the Next Level didn’t want them at that time to become independent of the Next Level as then they have a harder time losing that sense of independence, that is very fragile and illusionary and short lived at best anyway. (See Enoch’s writings for details) as the object of the earth’s existence as a “garden” is to help humans outgrow the earth and humanity. It’s not that the Next Level doesn’t want humans to learn how to use herbs and such. It’s the timing in which they want to introduce to them such things.
Gen 6:4 There were giants ((nphiyl from naphal= a feller, a fallen one, a bully, tyrant)) in the earth in those days; and also after that, when the sons of God ((Souls who were student level members of the Next Level with elementary tasks as watchers)) came in unto the daughters of men, and they bare children to them, the same became mighty men which were of old, men of renown.
In other words just like before this most recent “fall,” there were these hybrids who became mighty just like their ancestor men who became the leaders of human having conspicuous positions of honor and authority and character, fame(-ous), named, renown – to mortal humans.
A physical manifestation of this “stars fall to earth,” could be the obvious lighted objects falling from the sky, which follows the great earth shaking – earthquake and whatever causes the sun to become black as sackcloth of hair and the moon as blood.
It could also be expected to see any variety and frequency of fireballs and/or meteors and/or comets that “descend from a higher to lower place” – thus “fall to earth” as we saw in 2013 with the Chelyabinsk, Russia that did a significant amount of minor damage caused by it’s sound waves alone.
These events seem to directly relate to Mat 24:29’s saying the “powers of/in the heavens shake (to waiver)” just as is said in Mark and Luke’s gospel along with Joel and Haggai and with particular reference to Isaiah that brings further evidence to the way this prophecy relates to the space aliens. In Matthew the “powers in heaven” are the “unripe figs,” those who were still potentially able to become “fruit” for the Next Level (new membership) but chose not to, so FELL off the vine, speaking of them as the “host of heaven” – souls who had become “children (sons) of God” – the Luciferian space aliens – Souls who fell away from their student level membership, as also shown in:
Humans talk about the “shift in the poles,” which I’ve always wondered about what that would look like, if such a thing was part of what’s happening to the earth at this time. It’s altogether possible that the Next Level could alter the forces that we call gravity and other electromagnetic forces in such a way that the part of the earth’s atmosphere that may literally hold a certain electromagnetic environment that certain of the Luciferian space alien spacecrafts have been allowed to circulate within (perhaps because of how the environment provided power to the elements used in their spacecraft engines, to have zero gravity and other functions) to diminish, so they would be forced to descend to the earth’s surface and/or into the sea and/or to underground areas, thus grounded once again.
This verse from Isaiah seems to directly relate to this time and extends it’s reference to Rev 6:14 as well:
Isa 34:4 And all the host of heaven shall be dissolved ((melt, dwindle, vanish, consume away)), and the heavens shall be rolled together ((separated, taken away)) as a scroll: and all their host shall fall down, as the leaf falleth off from the vine, and as a falling fig from the fig tree.
-Rev 6:14 And the heaven departed ((673 apochorizo from apo 575 (separate, remove, take away) and chorizo 5563; to rend apart; reflexively, depart (asunder), to place room between, as in the idea of empty expanse; room, i.e. a space of territory (more or less extensive; often including its inhabitants of a coast, county, fields, ground, land, region)) as ((after, as soon as, about)) a scroll ((975 biblion a diminutive of biblos 976; a roll, bill, book, scroll, writing)) when it is rolled together ((1507 heilisso a prolonged form of a primary but defective verb heilo (of the same meaning); to coil or wrap, roll together)); and every mountain and island were moved out of their places.
In this application “HEAVEN” has a different context comparing it to a scroll/book being pulled away, separated from the earth/human kingdom. Considering “every mountain and island moved out of their places” it’s indicating this is linked to the “heaven” departure. This makes most sense when one takes into consideration that what is being called “heaven” in this context could actually be a literal physical, but invisible to humans and their technological detection, very large spacecraft where some members of the Next Level (angels) operate out of and also maintain “gates” and “boxes” (TI and DO’s idea and terms), where “saved” souls are stored for future opportunities to further overcome their humanness.
As a book that has record of everyone’s works, it seems this “heaven” is described further:
Rev 20:12 And I saw the dead, small and great, stand before God; and the books were opened: and another book was opened, which is the book of life: and the dead were judged out of those things which were written in the books, according to their works.
One could imagine if this was removed to install a New “heaven” as is said occurs, it having a physical quality could generate quite a shaking up of the earth both physically and mentally. It would seem to be described in terms of being a scroll or book in how it is also a type of database containing many student level members of the Next Level, each of which have the truth about the Next Level in their “Soul containers” that could equate to be in computer jargon as data objects in the overall database. This “heaven” would then be the environment the Next Level designed for the interface of that information via their incarnate membership but also available to any human who exercised the thirst to know the truth, thus describing some of the mechanism to “ask and you shall receive.” The removal of this environment could even be seen as the removal of the placenta from a mammal’s womb where in this analogy would be the earth, the womb for the new “mind/spirit births.” A placenta is an organ that supplies the nutrition to the new baby in a woman’s womb, before it’s born and after a baby is born, there is an “afterbirth” that this could be representing, pertaining to the first fruit harvest/birth period’s completion.
TI and DO did touch on the potential for the Next Level to have a spacecraft that is invisible and escapes human and space alien technical detection but is physical and can also be quite large, though they didn’t say how large. They also said there could be an entire civilization living on the surface of a planet that is also undetectable by humans. This would lead one to extrapolate the idea as humans write about of a “twelfth planet,” called Nirabu that there have also been many clues to existing unseen, which then can seem to relate to the Rev 21:2-3 that indicates is with humans after the old heaven and the old earth are passed away and is described as the New Jerusalem spacecraft John was taken to the top of a mountain to view measured to be about 1360 miles square. That’s each side of it so is about half the size of the U.S. It has “gates” in it and places no humans nor space aliens nor discarnates can go. But the Luciferian discarnates can go places in it that human spirits can’t and the Luciferian discarnates can teach human level discarnates to go places they are not necessarily aware of otherwise. So it’s apparently quite an elaborate “craft.” TI and DO did say a Next Level craft could be literally on top of a house, what we in their “classroom” called a “craft” and in it there could be Next Level members who had physical bodies, yet are invisible to those who have not raised their vibrations to see them. They are physical but know how to stay out of our way so wouldn’t be able to touch them.
This next related verse shows a differentiation between the “wrath (anger) of the Lord of Hosts,” and the “day/age of his fierce anger.” The Lord doesn’t give these prophets casual things to think, say and express. Every word usually has value. It behooves those of us trying to find the most accurate meaning to treat it that way and see how it relates to other things said, in this case seeming to be referring to the events shown as “double” as double the anger with one having a longer duration and severity that would appear to be the “day/age”:
Isa 13:13 Therefore I will shake ((7264 ragaz= tremble, move, rage, disquiet, troubled, quake)) the heavens, and the earth shall remove out of her place, in the wrath of the LORD of hosts, and in the day (age) of his fierce anger.
-Rev 6:15 And the kings of the earth, and the great men, and the rich men, and the chief captains, and the mighty men, and every bondman, and every free man, hid themselves in the dens ((4693 spelaion= grotto, cavern, resort, cave)) and in the rocks of the mountains;
Rev 6:16 And said (to the) mountains and rocks, Fall on us, and hide us from the face of him that sitteth on the throne, and from the wrath of the Lamb:
Luk 21:26 Men’s hearts failing them for fear, and for looking after those things which are coming on the earth: for the powers of heaven shall be shaken.
These events certainly do cause a major disruption of life as usual on earth, otherwise why would all these people hide themselves in their dens and in the rocks. It’s very interesting how both scientists and religionist christian prophecy commentators and interpreters are seeing similar handwriting on the wall regarding these being the end times. Also prophecy is organized in such a way as to allow anyone to dismiss it as having any relationship to events or can be seen as having many relationships to events and even degrees of relationships so that everyone gets what they want to get, regardless of it’s level of truth and accuracy.
There have been many signs – increasing near miss asteroids, comets coming in pairs closer to earth than ever before, frequent fireballs, meteors that do some damage or are believed to have crashed into the sea to cause significant waves, sun activity that correlates with earthquakes that have increased in frequency and intensity, big tsunami’s, hurricanes, tornado’s, baseball and softball sized hail storms and volcanic eruptions. These events are reported but downplayed or hyped as end of the world which for many has been something heard about for decades so pay it no mind or think these events are made up entirely to control people. But the ones in the know and who have the money to pay for quarters in an underground city are quietly arranging to flee to one of these many underground “cities.” It seems these would be the “dens” while the rocks of the mountains could be a generalization that includes the “Rocky Mountains,” for instance where NORAD is located inside Cheyenne Mountain at the military base in Colorado Springs, Colorado and another known facility related to Holloman AFB in New Mexico’s Manzano Mountains that in particular has a history of alleged joint Human military and UFO/Space Alien activities.
There is a newer underground city outside of Kansas City, Kansas reported as an underground office park advertising that it’s more efficient for both heating and cooling. The newest Denver Airport has been long suspect as having such a facility underground. It is very spread out, hardly something that is efficient to do as one needs to take above ground shuttles to the rental car area and to the parking areas, while there is an underground tram between the very spread out airline gates. Walking in between the gates to change flights is a major effort with long stretches of moving sidewalks. I also saw a television report about a new hidden subway line being built deep under NYC and have heard about tunneling under the Long Island Sound from Long Island’s Brookhaven National Laboratory in Stonybrook, NY, where there is also a particle collider and several nuclear power generators, where there was an alleged UFO crash many years ago. I actually lived in Stony Brook and remember there was a small area where there was no cell phone signals, yet no mountains or other obstacles and an abundance of towers. Tunnel boring equipment has become very well developed to go several miles an hour.
While in TI and DO’s classroom in the early 1990’s and since I’ve seen maps and read reports that indicate there are tunnels already built or in progress from Maine (Kennebunkport?) to a number of points in the east to include under the Long Island Sound that extend into the western states where there is a larger network between military bases. Some of the leaks I saw reported were said to be from contractors involved in these projects. It’s not really a secret as humans are generally aware of bomb shelters existing for decades but what many don’t know is the extent they exist now and their sophistication and how they won’t be available to the general public.
Luk 23:30 Then shall they begin to say to the mountains, Fall on us; and to the hills, Cover us.
Luk 23:31 For if they do these things in a green tree, what shall be done in the dry?
Chapter two from the prophet Isaiah talks about the LAST DAY or DAYS when wars shall end and all the humans who have become haughty, proud and lofty, worshiping of gold and silver, pleasing themselves with strangers, with no end to their horses and chariots (automobiles – transportation means), and all pleasant, desirable images (pictures) (imaginations) shall all be humbled and brought low by the earth’s shaking. Here are the verses that address how some seek to hide from what they then know is the Next Level Above Human (Lord). Simultaneously with these going to hide are efforts to convert the weapons (swords) into a focus on growing food to survive because, as I imagine the infrastructures will have fallen apart so for those living it’s locals fending for themselves and their neighbors – possibly the “meek inheriting the earth,” Jesus spoke of:
Isa 2:10 Enter into the rock, and hide thee in the dust, for fear of the LORD, and for the glory of his majesty.
Isa 2:19 And they shall go into the holes of the rocks, and into the caves of the earth, for fear of the LORD, and for the glory of his majesty, when he ariseth to shake terribly the earth.
Isa 2:20 In that day a man shall cast his idols of silver, and his idols of gold, which they made each one for himself to worship, to the moles and to the bats;
Isa 2:21 To go into the clefts of the rocks, and into the tops of the ragged rocks, for fear of the LORD, and for the glory of his majesty, when he ariseth to shake terribly the earth.
Hos 10:8 The high places also of Aven, the sin of Israel, shall be destroyed: the thorn and the thistle shall come up on their altars; and they shall say to the mountains, Cover us; and to the hills, Fall on us.
But the fear with these will feel worse than death to endure. It seems what will come with the event is the recognition that this is being instigated by Living Beings that I suppose most will think about as evil space aliens as they would not have much if any realization that there is a kingdom of physical Living Beings that are Above the human equivalent space aliens evolutionarily just like humans are above animals evolutionarily who are seeking to salvage their “product” they can “replant.” It would be like those plants that became weeds in a farmers garden, choosing to prey on the species the farmer designed the “garden” to grow, so the farmer took advantage of their choice and allowed them, the weeds to have limited access to the plants He wanted to help them develop resistance to and yield better fruit because of, that would no longer be susceptible to the same deterioration.
It is also the case that the Next Level Older Members when in their Next Level vehicles and present with their Next Level spacecrafts emit so much power that they can not be looked upon without fearfulness and as was said by some of the Prophets, with great awe that they would literally fall down from feeling. Jehovah told Moses he would die if he looked upon His Face, but he let Moses touch his shoulder or back as he had a physical body (as Jesus also demonstrated having after his human vehicle was permitted to be killed. Part of what can kill a human to look upon, I suspect is how their mind frightens away all our discarnates, the entities most don’t recognize are all around us and shape what we become and derive security and confidence from. TI and DO said that was the overcoming process, that is, when we get rid of our own discarnates one by one. They also said that at times they would run off our discarnates from us – another way of looking at their “taking our sin” from us, where “sin” is missing the mark, so they would be the ones removing our test at that time so we wouldn’t “miss the mark,” though eventually to graduate we have to be able to maintain enough of our own “staying on the straight and narrow.” Running away our discarnate influences takes them on. That is described as part of the “flood” in Rev 12 that is most focused on the Woman – the “generator” of life, incarnate, that chapter mostly referring to TI.
– “HIDE US FROM THE FACE (presence) OF HIM THAT SITTETH ON THE THRONE AND THE WRATH OF THE LAMB” – Face is also translated as “presence.” In other words these Kings of the earth, etc. are looking upon these events as the reason to flee underground and for some to hide from the Next Level’s presence.
This depicts all manner of people fleeing to their underground facilities (cities), some having anticipated this time for decades from the prophecies in the Bible and the signs in the heavens and on the earth, to include for some, witnessing what became called the UFO phenomena, and things the Space Aliens have said and done as reported by witnesses, whistle-blowers, abductees and contactees.
These are said to be aware of the PRESENCE (FACE) of the one “sitting on the throne” and of the “Wrath of the Lamb,” thus indicates their having a Christian mindset as many Christian leaders have been anticipating these things for a long time, though most may be totally unaware of the primary incarnate stage of the Older Member Two Witnesses, or they have a spiritual or mystical way of looking at everything in the various prophecies, whether each is a valid source of truth or not. One would think these wouldn’t be Christians as the believers in Jesus are either not afraid of the wrath of the Lamb because they believe themselves in his favor, or they think they will be taken to heaven before that wrath is unleashed, either after they die or during the “rapture.” However, some may believe the way they are to be saved is by hiding underground so they would escape the wrath upon those not in their camp still on the surface. After all, Jesus said those in Judea should flee to the mountains and some of the underground cities are likely in various mountains. For instance at Cheyenne Mountain in Colorado Springs and in the Manzano mountains south of Albuquerque – and no doubt in a number of other areas. It doesn’t have to make sense with the full teachings of Jesus as there are many, many things Christians believe and/or justify doing that don’t make sense with Jesus teachings. This would simply be yet another.
Some others, however relatively few, might have considered TI and DO as the manifestation of returnees Jesus spoke of, as they may have become aware of Their true history and Their BOOK (WRITTEN FROM THE “INSIDE” OF THE THRONE) and now this LITTLE BOOK – the “BACKSIDE” of the remaining prophecy revealing (See Rev 5:1).
All the various camps among the atheists, religionists, pagans and those who deem themselves spiritual or new agers, that can often be a mix of all these forms of thinking, might also consider TI and DO representative of the space aliens since the space aliens also promoted themselves by some reports as the ones who created Jesus and as the Elohim, the engineers of humans. This is ironic in how the Christian Jesus is in fact a concoction of the real Jesus and the Elohim, being magistrates and judges that were superior to humans and thus were deity, which were/are the positions taken by various Luciferian space aliens – fallen angels as seen in the teachings of Rael, leader of the Raelians who are said to number around 60,000 members worldwide.
It was in Bob Lazar’s report that he was shown a “yellow book” that was supposedly written by a space alien group that said they had created Jesus and had film of him on the cross to prove it. But even if this was not an accurate report, we know Jesus warned that there would be many false Christs, even some using the name “Jesus” or portraying they are acting on behalf of Jesus as we see in many churches and especially in the office of the pope. I’m not saying the Pope would say he was “Jesus” or a “Christ,” any more than priest and reverends and pastors would say that, but it’s the position they take with the public that speaks to who they think they are. They act as if they are the shepherds of their congregations as their flocks.
But to identify this FACE or PRESENCE has the suggestion of an identity, but I imagine that’s going to be a person by person kind of recollection based on what they have considered and come to believe or not and what each of us believes and to who we actually look to by seeking their help and strength, which will determine what we receive or not that will show to which camp we are aligned – between Human Mammalian, “treasure and wealth,” (physical and/or mental based) or to the Older Members from the Next Level Above Human aka the One True Kingdom of God. That alignment puts us either in the “right or left” (and that has nothing to do with the social and political use of those terms, though there are certain characteristics in both categories). In Jesus teachings it makes each of us either “wheat” for the Next Level or among the “tares” – the look alike wheat – false Christians that are thrown into Lake of Fire.
Mat 24:37 But as the days of Noe were, so shall also the coming of the Son of man be.
Mat 24:38 For as in the days that were before the flood they were eating and drinking, marrying and giving in marriage, until the day that Noe entered into the ark,
Mat 24:39 And knew not until the flood came, and took them all away; so shall also the coming of the Son of man be.
Mat 24:40 Then shall two be in the field; the one shall be taken ((take to, receive near, assume an office, learn)), and the other left ((sent, to go, sent forth, cry, forsaken, let alone, suffer)).
Mat 24:41 Two women shall be grinding at the mill; the one shall be taken, and the other left.
Mat 24:42 Watch therefore: for ye know not what hour your Lord doth come.
I know some Christians think this is describing what they call the “rapture,” shown in movies as those “taken” by the Lord rising into the air with their physical bodies. I have heard stories from young people they have dreams of their being taken. The problem with this is it’s contrary to the Next Level way. The Next Level don’t “take” people. They provide opportunities and we then choose what to receive and in that way is what we “take to” which can result in our Soul being “taken” to their “safe place” after we exit our human vehicle. It is being “caught away” only in the sense that one has chosen to take the offering of truth, which has the affect of capturing the attention of our flesh vehicles that we as the Soul must stay on course with to reap the rewards. This also seems to be a depiction of which human vehicles the Next Level decides to make a “deposit” of their “Soul container” into.
But when the Older Member blows their trumpet by publically telling the truth in a land that is near absent of the most truth, it’s a test whether the that Soul deposited vehicle, “receives near” to them, “draws” that Older Member’s Next Level (Holy spirit/mind) to themselves to foster a sprouting of their Soul seed or not. When someone – the vehicle – receives this Next Level gift, in that sense it too will “take them,” in how they could “take to” the truth and become thirsty for more. If the Older Member is incarnate they might literally follow with Him/Them, or if they are no longer incarnate, as is the case at this time, they will “follow their every word” that would help them separate from the human kingdom to be saved from the flood of Luciferian misinformation mind all are swimming in, as the norm in the human societies. These are the wheat Jesus described.
On the other hand those that are “left” defined as “sent, to go, sent forth, cry, forsaken, let alone, suffer” (also as in “goats to the left”) don’t receive the “deposit” and don’t have the opportunity to receive the truth from the Next Level so are depicted as the “tares” planted by the enemy among the wheat who are pulled up and/or separated out from the “righteous.” One can see how it’s all but impossible to see much of this without the Next Level’s Mind/Spirit leading the way by receiving the way they think directly from the Older Members via their words.
Thus for those that take offense at saying some receive the gift and others do not and the ones who do not become the waste while the ones that do receive it and work it become the saved and even graduates, they are choosing which camp they are siding with. They can always study everything the Next Level Older Members said and did and while doing so ask for help from the Next Level – highest beings from the heavens they can imagine reaching up to. Thus there is no elitism in knowing this truth because having the truth is only the first step. If there is no application as the provision of service – standing up for the information when the circumstances present themselves, that none of us are limited in seeking, then that seed may not be taking, though there will be more opportunities, except every time we resist taking an opportunity to be of service it becomes harder to be of service next time – not impossible but one becomes less inclined. In other words, one must “use it or stand to lose it.”
Some who had the exposure to TI and DO, the “faces” of the vehicles they came incarnate into, when they see these events just listed in this sixth seal opening time, even if they never paid any further attention to anything TI and DO taught, may have an image of TI or Do’s vehicle’s face pop into their head and they no doubt will “mourn” at that realization and seek to escape it and perhaps even wish to die rather than face the premise of who is actually Lord over the earth, which is shown:
Mat 24:30 And then shall appear the sign of the Son of man in heaven: and then shall all the tribes of the earth mourn, and they shall see the Son of man coming in the clouds of heaven with power and great glory.
Mat 24:31 And he shall send his angels with a great sound of a trumpet, and they shall gather together his elect from the four winds, from one end of heaven to the other.
So I would say the “sign of the Son of Man” would be the evidence of how TI and DO were “like the son of man” in terms of having a human vehicle they borrowed for their task. (Borrowed was a term Do used and it is actually borrowed because it is taken and then returned though the return is putting it back into the dust of the earth). Plus in everything they said and did, what they required of students – to leave all behind to be in their classroom, to give one’s all, cutting ties, not sharing our love with humans anymore – not respectful of marriage commitments or in the responsibility for children or parents or to one’s home, etc. because it was now time to give all of ourselves to the Next Level through the incarnate representative their students, whose vehicles they prepared could recognize as being the same as they (the souls but potentially also in the genetic memory) felt, and identified when the same Older Member was incarnate in the name Jesus. All these characteristics will always be what one can expect from a genuine Older Member who comes incarnate so are signs to those given the eyes to see them.
The signs during the time of Judgment remain as a testimony of the truth yet with the Older Members no longer incarnate are added to provide new signs that amount to a significant show of proof, still for those who have “eyes to see” (as Jesus said often), as for those that aren’t given that gift of recognition, all such signs are at best a curiosity, coincidence or random natural occurrence, or don’t compute at all – “go in one ear and out the other,” so to speak. TI and DO often indicated that when proof was provided it was because graduation from the human kingdom was not possible for those human vehicles who were serving as the containers for returning souls to overcome as they had to generate their belief and commitment from their observation of all the Older Members incarnate represent in what they say and do, from when they first hear their “voice” to when they exit.
It’s the vehicle that can be swayed by “proof” and if that occurs the Mind/Spirit from the Next Level Older Members is no longer bringing the needed “body changes” to that deposited “Soul body” needed to make the grade for graduation “birth” viability. So even though there is still a stage of graduation still very much in the program for those that are drawn to the Older Members incarnately provided, by words and actions, witness/testimony, there is a new criteria for how much “proof” is provided, just like the case with Jesus disciples. Their vehicles were given various proves – miracles and especially in the last 40 or so days when Jesus was among some of them, still very much physical and yet having what looked to them as supernatural powers, because they, their Souls needed that help to rise to Standing for Jesus with more conviction and power in that experience that would be saved in their developing Soul body, so upon the return would be given to each new human vehicle they were each to take over – Stand up again in (resurrect) but this time to complete their classroom lesson plan (“piano roll”) without that same level of proof.
So the signs during this time of Judgment took additional shape for the sake of the potential new students, who could choose to seek the Older Members will for them, that entails learning all there is to know about what TI and DO taught and believing it’s all the truth and then Standing for Them – actually “re-standing” for them, which is the meaning of “resurrection.” So with this new stage the Next Level provides additional signs that are to be seen in the heavens and on the earth, one big one being in the form of what humans call comets or the more localized Fireballs and unusual Meteors or Asteroids, but include all of the signs depicted in prophecy. They are all signs and in particular are those in the literal heavens and that would include in a big way what is depicted as the “opening of the temple in heaven”:
Rev 11:19 And the temple ((3485 naos from naio= to dwell, a fane, shrine)) of God ((Deities)) was opened ((455 anoigo= re-opened, intensified, reversal)) in ((+ by, because of, about, after, among, outwardly, upon, therein)) heaven, and there was seen ((to gaze at something remarkable, appear, look, see, shew self)) in his temple ((naos)) the ark ((a box, sacred ark as in ark of the covenant that contained the laws of God inscribed on the tablets, Noah’s ark)) of his testament ((disposition (preparation, readiness), covenant)): and there were lightnings ((bright shining)), and voices ((tones, disclosures)), and thunderings ((roars)), and an earthquake ((rock, vibrate, commotion, tempest, move, sideways agitation, tremor)) and great ((big, fearful, strong, mighty)) hail.
Strongs indicates the Greek anoigo is a combination of ana and oigo (to open), so just translating it to “opened” doesn’t make much sense. There are a number of additional works with the same ana prefix that take into account the way ana refers to inferring a repetition or reversal of whatever the verb is, in this case “to open,” so why wouldn’t it be in this context “re-opened,” though it wasn’t spelled out in the same way before this time.
The FIRST time “heaven” was opened was so Do and his 38 students could pass through the “Heaven’s Gate,” which was recorded in Rev 11:12 as their “ascension into heaven in a cloud” – witnessed by their enemies – as said in Rev 1:7 would occur to the returned One who was named Jesus.
(The student body was also shown to be with these Two Witnesses in Rev 11:2 to be found evaluated in detail in that earlier section in this book – said in summation as those who would be on foot in the holy city 42 months making their covenant affirmation which was the second 3 1/2 year period depicted in Rev 12 as their time in the “wilderness” where the student presence is also described.)
So with TI and DO and Crew’s ascension into heaven as a type of opening of heaven, this depiction in Rev 11:19 is a “re-opening” and the greatest signs leading up to that re-opening are what’s been happening in the heavens, with the sun, moon, stars (planets), etc. and on earth with the huge increase in volcanic and earthquake activity and more violent storms, during the FIRST part HARVEST WAVE occurring primarily in the areas outside the continental United States but since the exit of TI and DO and crew in 1997, escalating in the U.S. which will see a dramatic increase with the onset of the 4th seal opening that is timed to the human events surrounding the presidential election in November of 2016 and subsequent tribulation period that has also been escalating since the 1990’s final offering of the truth by the incarnate Older Members and Crew.
Here is a summary of those signs starting with 2013, which was the 40 year (1 hour) mark since TI and DO awakened in 1973 with the combination from January through March with the Chelyabinsk meteor, Fireballs over California and other western states, Texas, an unexpected near miss asteroid and unexpected comets and one or more Fireballs that traversed the Ohio valley but seen from Maine to Florida that acted more like a comet or rocket than a meteor and with the larger comet display was a companion object photographed in it’s coma, that’s immediately in front of this great burning ball of light traversing from east to west along with the Jesus prophecy. Then in 2014 and 2015 and 2016 there were repeats of most of that pattern during the same time periods. Each of those years there were also very unusual comet behavior around July to September – comet ISON that was shown by using pixel filtering software on airbrushed photos from NASA, at one point looked like a flying wing of 7-8 objects that broke the physics rules. It went into the Sun, or very close to it and behind it and wasn’t expected to survive but came out the other side, but in a place that changed it’s trajectory from when it entered. And when it came out there was an associated huge Solar Flare and with it a huge distribution of planet sized objects as if dust, behind it and soon after that it was photographed as those 7-8 objects flying in V formation.
Another comet that caused a large apparent flash/explosion on Mars when it passed by at it’s closest point to Mars, which was photographed from earth and another event of two huge objects over the sun with one directly on top of the sun but separated from it and obviously exchanging energy with the sun that was in the shape of a T videotaped by the SOHO satellite camera.
June and July of 2015 signs were dominated by the Dawn spacecraft’s photographs of the Ceres lights and by the New Horizon spacecraft’s photographs of dwarf planet Pluto that included one area on Pluto that looked like four huge hanger bays, rectangular shapes equidistant from one another and all of the same length and width, that looked like four black piano keys. Since that one was released the same area has been shown but only in an enhanced format that just doesn’t look the same at all.
SO FAR WHAT’S BEEN PHOTOGRAPHED ON CERES AND PLUTO ARE THE MOST APPARENT SHOWING OF THE NEXT LEVEL’S “PRESENCE” (FACE).
(Ceres Pics: https://sawyerhg.wordpress.com/2016/11/27/jesus-said-there-would-be-signs-in-the-sun-moon-stars-planets-comets/)
There is no telling what additional ways TI and DO and Crew will fulfill this prophecy of Their “presence” and/or “face” apparency in the next years until it’s into this 6th Seal time but nothing more may need to happen for many humans to run to their underground hiding places thinking they are shielding themselves from the “wrath of the Lamb” when the U.S. experiences these events listed in this Seal Time. This seeking of shelter in the rocks to escape the “LAMB’s WRATH” seems to imply Christians are among the biggest group who will be seeking shelter underground from what’s happening on the surface. So one would think, why if they are thought to be in the favor of the Lamb would they be running from his wrath (anger). One twist to that is thinking they have been led to recognize what’s happening or about to happen because of their belief in the Lord, (which has truth to it) so they are being “saved” from that wrath. But one of the many ways that is misinformation is because being saved was never about our flesh bodies being saved. It was always about our Souls and/or Mind/Spirit being saved and the willingness to sacrifice our flesh – at first by beginning to separate from the ways of the human kingdom according to the guidelines laid out by Jesus and then updated by TI and DO and Crew.
Ceres in particular is most “temple” like, even having a “spire.” There is a city-scape array of very bright lights on dwarf planet Ceres, shown by many pictures taken by Dawn spacecraft’s orbit from four altitudes, where it is still orbiting in 2016, that seems to be showing a literal Next Level dwelling (aka “mansion” and/or tabernacle), by it’s name in use to aid in the conclusion of the “harvest” (the prime description of the “goddess of the harvest” in the Roman mythological name “Ceres” (and it’s predecessor Greek goddess named Demeter that is associated with the Rev 6:8’s “green” “horse” (mis-translated as “pale,” though may prove to be adjusted for by the Next Level)).
This vast assortment of light sources are on the planets surface but potentially could be coming from deeper inside what I believe at this point is actually a planet sized spacecraft that humans are calling a dwarf planet and/or the largest known asteroid. The closest pictures provided so far in early 2016 actually show the biggest “bright spot” (NASA’s description) to have significant elevation. From the photos and according to reports from architects who have studied the array of photographs taken from at least three orbits, that even shows a shadow in one angle, this largest light source is estimated to protrude 5-10 miles above the planet’s surface on the inside of a huge crater. It appears roundish but overall looks like a natural formation kin to the Eiffel tower as a tall SPIRE and/or church steeple.
At the same time around the base of this tower, it looks the way a natural grown tree trunk would look, with roots that show as well as if it’s growing like a tree, but without apparent branches coming off of it, so gave me the impression of being the “tree of life.” And the whole thing is glowing a very bright white light. It’s being talked about as being a crystalline structure. Considering the light as coming purely from the suns reflection is hard to justify, having first photographed it as looking like one light from many millions of miles away by the Hubble space telescope in 2003, which became the reason the Dawn spacecraft was built and launched in 2007 to take a closer look.
There is talk about a mining operation there which would be part of the reason behind the space program and plans to colonize the Moon and Mars that G.W. Bush announced in one of his last state of the union speeches, (following China’s announcement of colonizing Mars). It is altogether possible this tower is made of an element that humans have little to no examples of on earth that can be used to generate a kind of energy that if harnessed might reveal the mystery element behind the prospect of a propulsion system that can provide a zero gravity environment for dense matter operations as in exiting the planet, instead of the needed fuel tanks to power rocket engines.
Humans would then have the main component to build spacecrafts that would operate the way the flying saucers they have confiscated operate which would be kin to the primitive models of spacecrafts the Next Level provided those that became the Luciferians, since Lucifer was the name of a once aspiring student to Next Level membership that “fell” away from serving the Next Level in a student level “elementary task” capacity described by Enoch’s writings as one of the “watchers.” Thus this could be the element Bob Lazar also reported about and that G.W. Bush also speculated on his proposed Moon and/or Mar’s missions, “might find an energy source that would boggle the mind.”
As the Greek word translated to “opened” in it’s compound form could also be “intensly opened” one could even say this was the start of seeing what was said as the Son of Man coming in his glory, where “glory” is also kin to “brightness” and “brilliance” and those pictures of those lights on Ceres are certainly one huge evidence of that. Even NASA is largely referring to the “lights” as “bright spots.”
This “face” and/or “presence” is referring to the overall recognition of Living Beings with a great deal of power and ability to operate completely invisible to humans and their technology, who evidence stimulating earthquakes and volcano’s and manipulation of comets, asteroids, meteors, etc. thus are seen by some world leaders as a very powerful enemy that threaten human existence and their continence of ruler-ship over the earth, thus are significantly feared. The same leadership is completely taken over by the Luciferian space aliens, indirectly but in several ways. First, because the Luciferians are discarnate Souls who seek out humans they can use to forward their agenda so when David Icke reports that certain world leaders are aliens and it can be seen in their eyes, is actually on the mark, yet what he might not know is that the amount of influence and thus control the Luciferians (who he just refers to as the Reptilians last I heard) have on most or even all humans at this time is in degrees, that is regulated for some by the Next Level, so the Luciferians can’t overwhelm those the Next Level deposited and seek to provide opportunity to overcome their influence to determine which souls to “save” from the upcoming recycling.
A final perspective of this “face” being fled away from is shown in:
Rev 20:11 And I saw a great white throne, and him that sat on it, from whose face the earth and the heaven fled away; and there was found no place for them.
So it seems apparent that this “opening of the temple of god in Heaven” goes hand in hand with humans fleeing underground – into the caverns and rocks to hide from the “face” (presence) of the Lamb. We should keep in mind these are all events that are years in the making. TI and DO certainly opened up the idea of the “temple in heaven” in the 1970’s though it became considerably more apparent by their exit with the name they chose for their 7th Thunder – the web site and exit in 1997 as “Heaven’s Gate” with the highly unusual and unprecedented characteristics that added up to the SIGN in the Hale Bopp Comet that was the timing for their exit of their incarnations, planned for as early as the spring-summer of 1994.
Revelations chapter 11 provides the overview of the events that all lead up to this OPENING that comes during the time of the 7th Angels trumpet sounding that shows by this “Little Book” (Backside story) how all prophecies are fulfillment by TI and DO that makes the “nations (people) angry” to hear about. (See Rev 11:18).
This timing of OPENING is collaborated in Revelations chapter 15 as taking place AFTER the 24 Elders and others have “conquered” the Luciferian Space Alien BEAST – the human condition and have “harps of God” – instruments (vehicles) made for them by the Next Level and while the 144 AND A MYRIAD OF THOUSANDS are and have been SINGING THE SONG OF MOSES AND THE SONG OF THE LAMB which is the “tribulation period” when they are all sealed (Rev 7:1-8) to allow the WRATH OF THE SEVEN ANGELS POURING OUT OF VIALS to proceed 100%, (though it had degrees already in motion before this, but primarily in the so called 3rd world countries but would at this time occur on the U.S. mainland afterward, as shown in:
This idea of singing the song of Moses and the Lamb is first introduced throughout Revelations chapter 14 which describes events leading up to this time from the perspective of the 144 and a myriad of thousands that ends with the description of the “winepress” that includes the pressure upon those 144 and myriad of thousands who “stand” for TI and DO during the time leading up to this point as shown in the previous SEAL Periods.
-Rev 15:1 And I saw another sign in heaven, great and marvellous, seven angels having the seven last plagues; for in them is filled up ((5055 teleo from telos= to end, accomplish, make an end, expire, finish)) the wrath of God.
In other words these Seven vials poured out are the seven last plagues that bring to conclusion the Judgment Time of Tribulation.
-Rev 15:2 And I saw as it were a sea of glass mingled with fire: and them that had gotten the victory over the beast, and over his image, and over his mark, and over the number of his name, stand on the sea of glass, having the harps of God.
John also describes the same “sea of glass” as in Rev 4 that appears to the the “briefing” TI said she remembered before she left, once again about to start the decent to the finish that was to be the task of those first fruits who graduated their human overcoming. These verses also describe the same scene of the “144 and a myriad of thousands” who were sealed having converted their human vehicles to “Next Level instruments” termed “harps” as in Rev 14:1-5 that further identifies them as the same ones who sang the song of Moses and the song of the Lamb – their time with Jesus who served as that example of the needed sacrifice to stay the course to graduating into Next Level adult membership.
-Rev 15:3 And they sing the song ((5603 oide pronounced, “o-day'” (from aido=sing) defined as a chant or “ode” (the general term for any words sung)) of Moses the servant of God, and the song of the Lamb, saying, Great and marvellous are thy works, Lord God Almighty; just and true are thy ways, thou King of saints ((40 hagios from hagos (an awful thing); sacred, most holy one)).
This is interesting how TI and DO named their students each with a “ody” extension, they gave while indicating these were being “adopted” by the Next Level. I recall that taking place in 1977 or 1978 when the number of students was in the 60’s and they said when we became “adults” they would drop the “y” so our name would end in “od,” though that never occurred. Do did issue new names along those lines in 1993 that were a “dote” extension, though were never used as soon after that the Beyond Human video tapes were put up on satellite broadcast and sent to some who had dropped out but still had some contact, that prompted their desire to return to the group and Do didn’t want to have students with different names as if some had advanced and they had not as that was not necessarily the case, as we soon saw. My name at the time was Swyody changed to Swydote which was a shortened Sawyer with the added extension. The reason I’m taking special note of this was because it had never occurred to me that “ody” could be equated to the Greek oide so our very names were all identified as songs to/of TI and DO whose names came from the Sound of Music song, Doe a Dear, where Tea was a drink with jam and bread in the scale with TI that highest and 7th note on the octave that started with Do. Plus an “ode” is a general term for any words sung and words are the medium to communicate the what’s on someones Mind/Spirit that is Holy Mind/Spirit when it’s from the Mind of an adult Member in the Next Level.
These verses also describe the JUDGMENT TIME that begins soon after the FIRST Fruit harvest is completed, after Do and crew layed down their human vehicle’s lives in 1997. The decision each is judged by is their own and the criteria is what they think and do with the information about TI and DO, after it’s received. If they begin to look into what TI and DO taught and they believe in what they said and begin to “stand” for Them and Their information (words) – expressing aspects of it to others when asked for to some degree, then they are automatically choosing to start their separation from the human kingdom, because believing in them and standing for them will be met with a variety of responses to include hostility and ridicule from some. Being willing to engage that, though not desiring that response, strengthens our own connectedness to them because it exercising what TI called one’s “Mind Muscle” and simultaneously draws more of Their Mind/Spirit to ourselves, becoming our own, literally filling our deposited container (Soul) that further raises our vibration to see more of what They see from doing.
-Rev 15:4 Who shall not fear thee, O Lord, and glorify thy name? for thou only art holy: for all ((all manner, any, every)) nations ((ethnos= race, people)) shall come ((arrive, be present)) and worship ((show reverence to, serve, Do defined as to “work for”)) before ((in the face of (literally or as a figure) before, in the presence (sight) of)) thee; for thy judgments are made manifest.
Thus the question is posed, of who will GLORIFY THY NAME meaning, who will give credit to, put light upon, show others the truth, STAND FOR by speaking aloud to others the information provided by the Older Members, relative to today, the Older Members are those who were incarnate, having the new names of “TI and DO” as the most recent Representatives from the “Chief of Chief’s,” Kingdom of God, Kingdom of/in Heaven, that created all the life forms and the planets and environments.
JUDGMENTS ARE BEING MADE MANIFEST indicates for some their decision of who to give allegiance to is final and because of that will determine who will be set aside to be saved and who will be recycled.
This “glorifying of thy name” is giving “glory” to those who deserve the “glory” which has been diluted and distorted into a “vain (meaningless) repetition” type of prayer by many Christian religious leaders and their supporters who often don’t know any better but who often don’t think they can know any better so don’t want to know any better, because many words in scripture have become religious and spiritual terms that are less accurate than the updated terminology provided by the most recent Reps, TI and DO and Crew, who show the practical aspect of what GIVING GLORY really is – GIVING SERVICE BY STANDING UP FOR, EXPRESSING TO OTHERS WHAT THE MOST RECENT REPS PROVIDED TO THINK, SAY AND DO. It is abiding by the specific instructions (aka commandments but not in the authoritarian sense of that word as in controlling, as it is we who need to garner the self control to take their instructions as commandments, not they who seek to control us) provided to date and a big part of that at this time is to “Stand for TI and DO,” despite the “trouble” (tribulation) that will come from doing so, which is described in Rev 14:6-7 as the “hour of his judgment” – generally speaking a 40 year period that begins moreorless after the FIRST fruit harvest “hour” noted as the Two Witnesses “ascension,” (exit), by about 2013-2017:
Rev 14:6 And I saw another ((more, “else”)) angel ((messenger(s))) fly in ((+about)) the midst of heaven ((between, among, way of heaven)), having the everlasting ((perpetual)) gospel ((good message)) to preach ((2097 euaggelizo= announce, evangelize, show, declare)) unto them that dwell on the earth, and to every nation, and kindred, and tongue, and people,
Rev 14:7 Saying with a loud voice, Fear God, and give glory to him; for the hour of his judgment is come: and worship him that made heaven, and earth, and the sea, and the fountains of waters.
Notice how it’s depicting the MESSENGERS ANNOUNCING the GOOD MESSAGE FROM THE MIDDLE, BETWEEN HEAVEN. The context of this verse is after Rev 14:1-5 outlines the LAMB AND the 144 and a MYRIAD of THOUSANDS ABIDING as their appointment, continuation, covenant (standing) on the “rise or reared, hill” (mountain) as the “church” (body of believers) (Sion/Zion), SINGING (expressing) A NEW ODE (SONG) BEFORE (in view of) THE THRONE, AND BEFORE THE FOUR LIVING BEINGS, AND THE ELDERS: AND NO MAN COULD LEARN THAT SONG BUT THE HUNDRED AND FORTY AND FOUR THOUSAND, WHICH WERE REDEEMED ((BOUGHT)) FROM THE EARTH.”
These MESSENGERS are working for the Kingdom of God and are not the same ones who were the 4 and 24 Elders who layed down their bodies in 1997, though they are in view of these. Since these are speaking to the people on earth, (singing their ODE (song)) they have human vehicles to do that with, so the MIDDLE AND/OR BETWEEN HEAVEN is showing they are not yet Members of the Next Level and it would also indicate they are doing their primary “singing” IN and/or ABOUT THE MIDDLE HEAVEN. If it’s both, then being sung “in” the middle heaven would seem to be in the World Wide Web (internet). If “in” is translated as “about” then they would be singing about the “2nd Category” Do outlined of who would “go with [them] to escape the recycle of the earth and the spirits and souls, which is done by starting their metamorphosis, but overall by “STANDING FOR TI and DO – SHOWING EVERYONE what TI and DO brought and how it “compares” with the previous SONGS of Moses and of Jesus, so would be LIKE, a NEW SONG.
These are speaking to “THEM THAT DWELL ON THE EARTH, AND TO EVERY NATION, AND KINDRED, AND TONGUE, AND PEOPLE.” And they are saying the “hour of Judgment” has come and it’s time to show via service (Standing for TI and DO that includes the behaviors and ways taught by Their Next Level Kingdom Level Above Human) (worship) “work for” God – The Father, Jehovah, TI – following the LAMB, who was Do, whatever and where ever he goes, which at this time is to follow him to “heaven” on his spacecraft by putting into motion his instructions to Stand for Him.
Therefore this is yet another of the indications in the timeline that shows an instruction (disclosure/voice) inspiring certain ones to preach, evangelize, speak to others the Teachings from the incarnate Older Members, also termed “prophecy,” that John is shown will be fulfilled, though John who received these Revelations may not be the same Soul in his new human vehicle that performs this stage of the dissemination task. Whether it is or isn’t doesn’t matter. It’s the task that’s important, not who performs it and performing it is by far not limited to any one person – in fact it will be a task many perform. To measure ourselves or others in this respect is not a Next Level way so thoughts of that nature for the Active Student need to be aborted. If the incarnate Older Member told a student directly they were the returning Soul who had the vehicle that was the one known as John in the gospel of John and who went up the mountain with Jesus and Peter and James and who wrote the Revelations, then it would be so. I’m not aware of TI or Do telling that to anyone but it is possible they did. They did tell the 24 of us who remained in 1993 who our Souls were during the Moses classroom which I have reported in this book was told by Do to me as “Bezaleel.” He followed that by saying we could each look up the person and then put it aside. I bring it up in this writing as a matter of record as it serves me in no other way and if anything shows me that I could be doing much better than I am. As Jesus said, the more one is given the more is required of them. It’s a developmental training program not a country club religious membership.
Rev 14:8-13 continues to follow along with the timeline of Seals showing the TWO FALLS OF BABYLON (The U.S. with a focus on New York City) in the human Red (2nd Seal) and Black (3rd seal) “horse” manifestations in the 9/11 calamity and the 2007-8 Financial Crisis that then extends into the Tribulation Time (4th-6th seals) starting with the “Green (pale?) Horse” that because of the Ceres and Pluto revealings and many other signs puts pressure on TI and DO believers to “stand,” that will result in a mounting opposition to their stand and even the death of those that stand. (They will not be the only people targeted during the 4th-6th seal periods – as this is the fate, so to speak of all dissidents who refuse to accept the Marks of the Beast or show worship of the BEAST’s Image (The Facimili false “COPIES” provided by the Luciferians to worship), as has been described throughout prophecy and in this writing.
This same idea framed as a question as in Rev 15:4 is also shown in:
-Rev 6:17 For the great day of his wrath is come ((accompany, appear, bring, enter, fall out, go, grow, next, pass, resort, be set)); and who shall be able to stand?
So the “great day of his wrath” is COME, SET, NEXT, ACCOMPANYING those who can still choose to STAND FOR TI and DO, which is still part of the Great Tribulation period that began in earnest with the opening of the 4th Seal and 5th Seals that also becomes the overall Judgment Time which is also outlined in Rev 11:18 yet followed by the SIGNS of the OPENING OF THE TEMPLE OF GOD IN HEAVEN in Rev 11:19 shown as the Ceres lights and Chrystal (NASA is calling these “bright lights” some type of highly luminous “salt”) spire or steeple (Temple) that took place mostly starting in June of 2015, prior to the 4th seal being opened, which would include a time of a great deal of death to befall the U.S. mainland this time around as the U.S. had been largely spared from such calamity before then.
Check out some pictures and video links at:
Signs in the Sun, Moon, Stars (planets, Ceres, Pluto, etc.):
-Rev 15:5 And after ((accompanying)) that ((afterward, to follow)) I looked, and, behold ((be aware, perceive, be sure, tell, understand)), the temple ((shrine)) (of the) tabernacle ((Older Members dwelling)) (of the) testimony ((something evidential)) in ((about, because of, for sake of, outwardly)) heaven was opened ((re-opened, intensified)):
This would be the same OPENING depicted in Rev 11:19 but with added information showing the temple (spire) tabernacle’s (Next Level Older Member dwelling place (Jesus called a dwelling but was written as “Mansion” in many translations)) EVIDENCE (TESTIMONY).
Before the Wrath in the 7 plagues/calamities (vials) are COMPLETELY poured out, the Next Level puts a seal on the vehicles who have Souls developing within to keep them away from the Luciferian Space Aliens, who will be allowed to “feed” on all other humans. These seals may also serve to keep some from dying in the calamities as they need their human vehicles to continue their being tested whether they will stand for TI and DO and against being marked by the BEAST, though some will exit their vehicles during that judgment testing tribulation period. (See Rev 16:2).
-Rev 7:1 And after these things I saw four angels standing on the four corners ((quarters)) of the earth, holding the four winds ((417 anemos= four principal cardinal winds, four corners of heaven)) of the earth, that the wind ((a violent agitation and stream of air)) should not blow ((breath hard)) on the earth ((including occupants)), nor on the sea ((salt)), nor on any tree ((oak, mighty human)).
In this context the wind depicts agitation, both in mental and physical ways – as generated by the Next Level to stimulate opportunities for change among humans. This is related to the provision of Next Level Mind and the reality of who this garden and all it’s life forms really belongs to, interlinked to the way the Next Level fosters continuous opportunity to both attach to human roots (shown before and during the Moses classroom, by being monogamous, fair, just, responsible, restrained, committed, generous, etc.) and then to detach from those same roots when brought updates shown in the Jesus classroom. It’s my understanding that when the Next Level does anything on earth it is with this objective in mind, as earth and it’s evolutionary levels of life are all geared to the final product of potential new members in the Next Level. Therefore this appears to be a change in how hard that “wind” blows to bring the spading and recycling of the planet that provides for a new start.
-Rev 7:2 And I saw another angel ascending ((arising, climbing, (springing, going, coming) up)) from the east, having the seal of the living God: and he cried with a loud voice to the four angels, to whom it was given to hurt the earth and the sea,
Describing the angel rising from the east can seem to relate to the way the Children of Israel encampment was set up with the front entrance where Moses and Aaron and their tribe were camped in front of the Temple and Tabernacle grounds on the eastern part of the overall encampment. This relates to the way the U.S. east part of the new temple area is at the Mississippi River with Texas the first state and the final dwelling of Do and Crew being on the far west of the “temple” area in the little town of Rancho Sante Fe, near the small town of Escondido whose nearest big city is San Diego where they exited their incarnations from.
But showing the direction of this angels rising as the east, given this time period can seem very much to be referring to what was termed the “court” in Rev 11 and how it was not to be measured during the time of the Two Witnesses but would be the testing ground for the “gentiles” – those who haven’t yet progressed as much in the overcoming process as those who were migrated to the western U.S. to produce vehicles for those who were disciples of Jesus who gave their lives then. That western area is to be consumed by fire after those in the FIRST Harvest have exited by 1997. This LAST stage of harvest is referred to as the “winepress” and is largely conducted “without” (outside of) the “holy city” (the western U.S. new Jerusalem sized (1360 miles square) area.
Rev 7:3 Saying ((lay forth)), Hurt ((91 adikeo from adikos 94= injure)) not the earth ((ground)), neither the sea ((salt sea), nor the trees ((oaks)), till we have sealed the servants of our God in their foreheads.
This seems to reflect back upon the time starting with the Fifth Angel’s Trumpet Sounding – what was forecast then to be set into motion at this time. In other words the 7 trumpets were heralding the setup of events for the FIRST AND for the LAST harvest periods. That is why this verse, set to the time period of the 6th Seal is shown to have been FIRST announced with some details before this time, actually starting in the 1940’s when it’s been shown the Fifth angel’s trumpet first sounded.
The events announced with that sounding showed application then in the provision of the Luciferian (fallen angel) space aliens, shown as locusts, but mammals (like horses, speaking about the physical bodies they sat on (controlled)) being released from the “bottomless pit” hide out, but then show another stage of their release by further events outlined then during this LAST Harvest time, where once again the space aliens are the main instruments of judgment over humanity in the way they lure by promoting human values. Even loving one another humanitarianism is a characteristics of Next Level members to base their behavior and ways upon, but not in exclusion of giving recognition to the creators of it all in the first place and seeking to put Then first. Even the Luciferian space aliens love their own as do humans that kill one another, as Jesus also said.
The Luciferians also like a clean environment and TI and DO said they want order in the world but all the environmentalism is for naught if we don’t recognize how the earth was provided to us by Beings who are above human who want to help us outgrow our humanism. Sensuality, is perhaps the biggest way the Luciferian space aliens keep humans asleep as a preoccupation with propagation and sexuality and the human family dominates most humans mind and energy expenditure. Here is the verse from the Fifth trumpet sounding:
Rev 9:4 And it was commanded them that they should not hurt ((91 adikeo from adikos 94= to be unjust, do wrong, be injured, be an offender, do wrong)) the grass of the earth, neither any green thing, neither any tree; but ((except)) only ((remaining, by themselves)) (those) men ((humans)) which have not the seal of God in their foreheads.
Everyone without the seal of God in their foreheads – on their minds is allowed to choose to align and thus be hurt by the Luciferian Space Aliens as they are perhaps over-ripened having come to identify with the space aliens as “space brothers” or the like.
It seems by the symbolism of “grass of the earth,” “green thing” and “tree” followed by specifying it’s application to “humans” (men), the “Grass of the earth” refers to both the literal grass but primarily to the general human kingdom on earth and likewise regarding “green” to humans who have been seeded (seeded by the Next Level or tagged and/or given “deposits” of Soul containers) and have sprouted “leaves,” a further development towards becoming a “tree” that yields “fruit.”
THE FOUR CORNERS OF THE EARTH EACH HAVE A CREW OVERSEEING:
One might suspect these are the Four Living Beings spoken of here and in Ezekiel, each of which has a crew among the 24 Elder students of the Next Level, with one of those 4 Living beings being described as having the FACE OF AN EAGLE thus the reference to how an Eagles Wings help the woman (TI) in Rev 12 when her vehicle as an offspring and thus product of the earth it attacked by the Dragon’s “flood” – depicting the way the “waters” – as human thoughts were a huge mental attack on TI – stimulated by the Dragon – Lucifer and his fellow fallen “angels.”
One of those 4 Living Beings I suspect was in the vehicle known as Lvvody, (Live-ody as in Living Being, perhaps not her accidental name choice), who had also been a nurse like TI before awakening to their task. Lvvody helped TI a great deal in her last days before TI exited the incarnate portion of the task and first became a full time “helper” when TI and DO moved to a “craft” in Blackhawk, Colorado – high in the Rocky Mountains as shown in Psalms and Isaiah and in other ways as part of the new Mt. Zion.
When the attacks from Lucifer the Dragon started to most take their toll on TI’s vehicle was about 1983 when TI had one of her eyes removed which is when the doctor said the cancer had probably spread throughout her entire body. It would be about two years later before her vehicle died. (It’s interesting how many places in Utah are named in relationship to Middle Eastern places and though the classroom was seldom in Utah, it’s the same mountains as we find even in Wyoming where the classroom first “stood” in their overcoming process depicted in Rev 12 as where the “woman” takes her “Son” and correctly assumed their “student body” after they finished their public testimony of about 1260 days by mid June of 1976.
TI and DO also directed Ollody, the resident artist to draw and airbrush paint a scene of an Earth Lab. It was depicting a working model of the Earth that was hundreds of stories tall inside the dwarf planet Pluto. Suspended at each of four corner points was a flying saucer looking object that indicated some interaction with the planet.
Notice also in these verses of Rev 7, that the angel given “to hurt the earth, sea, trees” is instructed to wait until the sixth seal events and student allegiance affirmations are completed. The particular geographic area spoken of here seems to be the areas where the altar, temple and court were located as that is the territory humans were drawn to, where the the returning Souls for or against the Next are, which is why one can see certain calamities still going on in nearly all locations besides the United States. However, starting with the exit of TI, Do and their student graduates from their incarnations, began more samples of calamities on the U.S. territory, though still very limited thus as “signs” of things to come. The earthquake during this 6th seal I suspect will be on U.S. territory.
The calamities being held back until the servants of the Next Level are sealed will also have a focus on the U.S. territory and are specified as the Seven Angels Pouring Out their Vials that conclude the tribulation period that provides the continued choice of whom to give our allegiance to but is spoken of as the Winepress and entails the much larger bloodshed of the masses.
Having determined who were on his (Do’s) “right hand” and who were on his “left” the Next Level puts a seal on those on his right. Those on his “right” are those who are consciously working for the Next Level that includes shifting their allegiance from their human family to their Next Level family that would include fellow believers. These would also be shedding all forms of sexuality and procreative programming while “standing for TI and DO” that includes sharing with others everything they said and did while they were incarnate.
-REV 7:4-8 SEALING OF THE 144,000 OR 144 AND A MYRIAD OF THOUSANDS – is a reference to the Souls from each Old Testament tribe of Israel that were saved for future planting from among the number given for the total tribe population of about “600,000 men,” though the word “thousands” here may be questionable because the Hebrew can also be translated as “families or tribes,” even though there is another Greek word translated to “tribe” in the same verses in Revelations chapter 7. I’m not sure which is the most accurate way to translate this number but the least it would seem to be is a type of sorting of stations of development among the planted “Souls” as we already know that all humans in any given vicinity where Older Members and Crew are associating with an incarnate presence are not the recipients of “Soul deposits.” So one could also interpret these number references to “12 and a myriad of thousands” from each of those twelve tribes who are SEALED – saved, redeemed.
However with that said it keeps occurring to me, when I think about which is the more accurate way to look at the number, that TI said, “all who came will return,” the context of which was referring to all who were on the spacecraft where the BRIEFING was held before they came to take human vehicles, which included most who did not have physical vehicles (that would seem to have been Next Level student level vehicles, perhaps those that were awarded to some of Jesus apostles and/or disciples who gave their lives in service.
Since these verses in Rev 7:4-8 specify 12,000 for each of the 12 tribes (not paying attention to the way it can appear there were more than 12 tribes, but trusting these Revelations as accurate) by the names given in the Moses writings (mostly as some of that record may have also become to some degree distorted) this number 12,000 would seem to be an exact number brought back. After all, the Next Level can know how many Soul deposits they make so that even if some of those souls don’t succeed in taking over a human vehicle, the Next Level could seem to still keep them for another opportunity. They can be given as many opportunities as the Next Level wants to give them.
After all, in Revelations chapter 14 these all “stand on Mount Sion/Zion” which is the parched rise from the sea area of the western U.S. and all see the LAMB and the 4 Living Beings and the four and twenty elders and have their Father’s name written on their foreheads and become unmarried and non-sexual and without guile (deceit/lies) and follow the LAMB wherever he goes which also pertains to those who awaken after TI and DO and the 38+4 have exited in the fact that they left a thorough record and do make it known to those who seek to connect with them that they are alive and well on their crafts in outer space and thus SEE them and see how they follow the example of the Do and Crew.
But the SEALING is an affirmation made by these prospective candidates that they recognize TI and DO for who they are and want to proceed towards becoming adult Members of the Next Level by seeking to be putty in Their hands and by STANDING for Them, in defense of Them, knowing that by doing so they will have to adopt all the behavior and ways TI (Throne (God), Father, Jehovah, Elohim) and Do (Throne (Lamb), Jesus, Elijah, Moses, Enoch, Adam) have guided them to, which will include their separation from their humanness in every way, according to their will to do so with every step.
As this is said, re: separating from one’s humanness and giving their all to include their life in the world, it seems to be another of the many ploys of the Luciferians to plant a thought (hiss), something to the affect of; “if one can’t commit to giving their all immediately then they would be a hypocrite to only give some of their all.” Another ploy says the only way to give your all is to do what Do and Crew did – the way they laid down their lives, and close to that time (which the Luciferians would have us think about as a human time frame, when Do said “for a short time the window would be opened to go with them” (paraphrased).
Giving one’s all is always a PROCESS. Engaging THE PROCESS is making application to TI and DO’s CREW and is getting on that road/path to even learn what ALL means by first being willing and by taking steps to fully STAND for Them, that entails STANDING for everything They said and did and maintaining that STAND until one’s exit of their human vehicle, however that occurs. Each will be rewarded by the Next Level for their “work” that includes the work of cleaning their own “robe” or “house” of human behaviors and ways as TI and DO described.
Another ploy comes up when one comes across things TI and/or Do said that they have trouble believing, so they can think they are not a good candidate or that TI and DO are not who they indicated and showed themselves to be. Those are called doubts and go with the program to have. One who doesn’t have any doubts just hasn’t recognized them yet because to get rid of our misinformation mind means getting rid of many doubts while the adversaries (Satan) – the Luciferian Space Alien souls who on their own volition want us to rebel as they did, which they will say is “seeing the truth and light.”
What one can do when they come upon a doubt is to recognize it as an “influence” (misinformation) and shoo it away from their consciousness while asking TI and DO to help them see past that doubt and then move on to keep one’s forward motion no matter how tough it gets to hold onto TI and DO’s path. Do once compared this process to holding onto a cliff when you only have your fingertips keeping you from falling. (I remember having a subtle doubt to that. I didn’t outright disbelieve him. It just didn’t feel that hard to me, but that was because I was giving into my adversary in ways I didn’t recognize by allowing certain human thoughts, feelings and behaviors, however seemingly mild or infrequent or disguised to remain in my personal “solar system” – to refer to the document TI wrote called, “The Power of Goodness.”)
Another ploy, I just indicated I allowed myself to become the victim of, by falling because of, (though among a combination of reasons for) is to think we are adopting all the behaviors and ways and then think, even subtly, we are secure and even act like we are a beacon of light for others, as we see for instance in the hierarchies and among many followers of all the religions, their sects and among various spiritually inclined and/or who can be found within contactee groups or among any and all human organizations in the human kingdom. We can be trapped in this way if we are not consciously seeking to draw from the Mind of TI and DO for virtually everything we do, though not busying ourselves with that so that it appears to ourselves and/or others that we are doing that, in other words, asking to know their thoughts and what choices they might make in any circumstance, drawing from all they left behind to document their Mind’s presence and then not assuming we got the right answer but proceeding with each step in such a way that it can be reversed as needed. Then we may be on solid ground but we students don’t actually make that determination anyway – it’s the Next Level Older Members and Crew who are monitoring each of us as we seek and it’s always an option to separate from Them however subtly.
This sealing is being put on human vehicles so whenever the vehicle they have taken over sufficiently to bring to this affirmation dies, their Soul body, in whatever stage of development it is in, would be saved from what is called “death or hell.” “Death” (Greek Thanatos) in this context seems to represent the part of the “spirit world” where some human spirits become part of when their physical vehicle dies, which is not salvaged, while “Hell” (Greek Hades) would be the physical area where Souls are sent (with or without the vehicles they currently have taken over for their primary usage), which I suspect would include those designated as the Space Aliens, because of how they originally did come from outer space environments, but who are to serve another prison term which may be juxtaposed with what’s described as the abyss or “bottomless pit” that is under the earth and/or under the sea that could be referring to underground and/or under the ice/land continent, more particularly perhaps in the Antartica vicinity. Both of these who are kept in their various areas termed DEATH AND HELL are recycled in the Lake of Fire. (See Rev 20:10-15) after the final judgment is decided for each person based on their “works” during their human experience(s). This would apply to both Spirits of the dead and Souls of the dead.
Essentially two points of view I got from TI and DO to suggest that some of the numbers are flexible are related to Their saying this entire project recorded as a “garden” to grow souls to Next Level membership is an EXPERIMENT for the Next Level and that it’s a free willed experiment so that They don’t know how many will graduate. However that would seem to be related to the overall experiment that could be extended across any number of phases or ages (seasons) in that garden experiment where TI and DO choose how many, even exactly, to give key positions to, that is in whatever departments where they grow according to their own desires continuously to have more significant service to the Next Level.
-Rev 15:6 And the seven angels came out of the temple, having the seven plagues, clothed in pure and white linen, and having their breasts girded with golden girdles.
I suspect depicting them as having their “breasts girded with golden girdles” relates them to the way the LAMB is also depicted and means he is celibate and not engaged in procreation or rearing human young any longer in:
Rev 1:13 And in the midst of the seven candlesticks one like unto the Son of man, clothed with a garment down to the foot, and girt about the paps with a golden girdle.
Thus, all these events come to a head during this time of the 6th Seal and are the start of the “great and terrible day of the Lord” – not quite having arrived in full steam until the time period of the 7 Angels pouring out their vial’s – that show the Next Level’s WRATH, that are only “done” – brought to a climax during and after the 7th vial’s events.
SIGNS of this WRATH are the CALAMITIES the 7 ANGELS WITH VIALS pour out that were first announced and described during the prophecies in Revelation chapters 8 and 9 that included samples of each of the vials content and the human toll they take.
This verse also indicates the DAY OF WRATH (ANGER) is upon them who are living at this time, while it also shows that some can still STAND for TI and DO, or if they have not heard about TI and DO, STAND against showing their allegiance to the BEAST(s) (U.S. and E.U. and those aligned with them) by not succumbing to being MARKED in/on their;
– HEAD (possibly literally and/or as a figure as in allegiance in one’s mind as in patriotism) and/or…
– HAND (possibly literally and/or as a figure as giving service to) and/or…
– as a NUMBER (possibly as in receipt of a digital identification such as a RFID chip implant) and/or…
– as a NAME – having a title or govt badge or position and show of Nationalistic loyalty and/or…
– WORKING FOR (worship of) BEAST’s IMAGE defined as…
– SPIRITUALITY, even worship/service – belief in or because of a hologram like Fatima and there have been many IMAGES. This could even be totally photo-shopped or hoaxed in some type of CGI video production that many will see and could believe or also foster disbelief in the real Signs, in what people also call “False Flags that includes False News Stories. I’ve seen firey crosses in the sky, even what looks like an image of a city in the clouds said to have occurred in China, many sightings of all kinds of said to be alien spacecrafts.
-FALSE PROPHETS – like whoever serves in the position of the Pope and the “holy see” hierarchy, but includes all the religious and modern day Spiritual leadership and advocates that are setting themselves up as guides and facilitators of a relationship with God or a Higher Power, with Jesus, etc. even teaching others that they are serving the Real God by having a human family or building a career if they think of it that way, disregarding the only way to have a relationship with the Real God is to project our asking into the distant heavens to ask what His will would be for us and to show us that will knowing that it will result in SEPARATION from our humanness, families, roots, but trusting They will lead us through it, in a way we can handle by looking to them continuously for help as it occurs.
-FALSE GODS – elevating humans and/or humanity and/or self to the godhead, as seen in the “ye are God’s” mindset that says “god” is the COSMIC CONSCIOUSNESS or UNIVERSAL MIND (thinking of that in an etheric or space alien mindset), also described as thinking one has or has become the disciple of one who thinks they have…
-“ASCENDED” to becoming a CHRIST or in it’s Tibetan Buddhist equivalent terminology the MAITREYA that is taught can become manifest in everyone and everything, though is suppressed in most and is only waiting to be acknowledged to then make one into a “hand of God,” another facsimile way of thinking.
-RELIGIOUS IDENTITY be it a belief or non-belief system (as in Atheists, (Do indicated was a good step away from religion and spirituality but can then also become another trap), or to Paranormal or New Age forms would also seem to come under the description of the BEAST’S IMAGE.
– SPACE ALIENS – seeing some as being “good,” often termed Space Brothers, even believing them to be participants in the creation and/or bringing of healing to the earth and/or to the human kingdom, even thinking about them as the Genesis Elohim “gods” as in Rael’s Raelians and/or forming organizations around certain Contactees and/or Channelers of space aliens and/or so called Ascended Masters.
These who have accepted these depictions of allegiance to the BEAST will automatically become the TARES Jesus said were to be pulled up during the end time. Those who have rejected these forms of show of allegiance to the BEAST will be saved and seem to fall into one of two categories – Saved and given some service in the Next Level that could include receiving a “student level” physical vehicle or as Do referred to as being “put on ice” – though not literally, but showing they are in some type of storage so they can be brought back for their next opportunity to grow – perhaps like a gardener storing bulbs for a future planting.
The Next Level’s anger is not equivalent to human anger. They are displeased by those who insist on trying to destroy the fruit in Their garden. At this point showing that anger with harsh calamities on earth are actually giving some a final chance to change their chosen allegiance though I believe the greater purpose to showing their “anger” is for the benefit of those vehicles who could still STAND for the Next Level against those who are the TARES, those planted by the Luciferian space aliens by convincing human vehicles (and the Souls who have taken over a particular vehicle) to embrace some facsimile of thinking from the Next Level). That is also the point of laying all this out well ahead of time as experiencing trauma can be a last ditch effort to stimulate an awakening in any that still have that potential.
Now that the 144,000 are sealed the full wrath of God can be unleashed in the 7 Angels pouring out their vials:
Rev 15:7 And one of the four beasts (([This is a clear mistranslation to beasts – These are Living Beings])) gave unto the seven angels seven golden vials full of the wrath of God, who liveth for ever and ever.
Rev 15:8 And the temple ((3485 naos from naio= to dwell)) was filled with smoke from the glory of God, and from his power; and no man was able to enter into the temple, till the seven plagues of the seven angels were fulfilled.
The smoke from the glory of God refers to the way incense was to be burned with a burnt offering in the Moses classroom, perhaps turning the idea of such a sacrifice of our own flesh into a pleasant aroma for the greater reward, as service to the Next Level through our Older Member’s commission. Thus our sacrifice would be giving the “glory to God.”
But before each of the Seven Angels with Vials is fully made manifest, Revelations chapter 17 describes the overview of the Judgment of the Great City (“woman”) and how the U.S. :
It is in Rev 17 that the “woman” is defined as the “Great City that “reigned over the kings of the earth,” with those kings fully engaging their “worship of false gods” – turning their backs on the real Kingdom of God by breaking the Next Level “commandments” – engaging in the worship of false idols of gold and silver and gemstones (diamonds, etc.) obtaining and hording and waring with nations over resources, profits, markets and geographical areas, justifying murdering and thefts and thriving financially while many of the masses of people are made drunk – intoxicated by their abundance of pleasures, sensuality, sexual promiscuity, etc.
TI and DO talked about how those hormones that are stimulated by constant sexuality keep flowing through a human system and even render most unable of see the truth when it’s before them and how it is equivalent to being intoxicated by alcohol (wine). To a seasoned alcoholic one could ask them if they were intoxicated and they can be so accustomed to being drunk they don’t know how drunk they are even though they may be able to walk the straight line and not slur their words. With sexuality, it really boils down to not having what would be common sense to someone who was not intoxicated with those chemicals circulating throughout their biological systems. TI and DO said that the Luciferians kept promoting increased sexuality to keep humans unaware of the realities the Next Level that is periodically made evident.
This “woman” as with all prophecy represents several literal and figurative manifestations in reality and especially at this END TIME. Overall she is the “Mystery Babylon” – the Secret Government of the United States of America – described at first as Lady Columbia in the beginning of the country that turned into Lady Liberty and Lady Justice. She is described as “sitting on a scarlet colored “poisonous beast.” Scarlet is red and the beast is described as having seven heads and ten horns, which is the way Rev 12:3 describes the “red dragon” that is thrown down from heaven with the third – the fallen angels who go after the Rev 12 “Woman” and her “son” the Father and the one who was incarnate in the name Jesus who is BORN TO THE THRONE POSITION by performing his task of birthing their student body of “saints” into Next Level Membership, this Heavenly Father incarnate in the name “TI” started him, in the name “Do” upon in the task assignment described as the Two Witnesses.
The BEAST constituents are humans and human equivalent space aliens who seek to create the New World Order, because all the Souls who fell away from Next Level student membership were let out of their prison cells for yet another opportunity to change, though it may have been next to impossible anymore and they seek out humans to help them try to escape the recycling and gain new members by stealing souls.
These space aliens provide the catalyst for those Souls who hadn’t fallen to grow more by dealing with their influence – trying to take over human vehicles when the Two Older members came incarnate and after they exited those incarnations by using the same Mind they left behind as available through their writings, video’s and audios and the “backside of their book” (Bible) record interpretation, largely provided in this “little book” – little as compared to what TI and DO and their graduate crew of 38 wrote from “within” (reference Rev 5:1 and Rev 10).
The woman is described as arrayed in Purple (blue) and Scarlet (red) the colors of the New York City flag and is later described as a “queen” and has a “golden cup in her hand” – a way of saying the person most fulfilling this latest position over the BEAST has the reigns of the financial system of the U.S. which brings up New York City because that is where the Federal Reserve bank headquarters is located that may have the biggest gold reserve in the world in it’s vaults and is where some of the biggest investment banks are based on Wall Street. We also know that the two great Falls of this Babylon the U.S. and it’s great city of Babylon – NYC, occurred with the 2001 World Trade Center attacks and the 2008 Financial Crisis. Another Gold vault was located in Deutschebank under the World Trade Center tower 1 and the pentagon strike hit the budget office that just so happens vanished all the records that were under scrutiny on 9/11/2001 to the tune of many trillions of dollars not accounted for.
This has all taken place during the Red Horse and Black Horse reign and will come to a head with the Green (pale) horse reign starting in earnest in 2017 as the next president is about to be ushered into office that at this point will be either Hillary Clinton or Donald Trump or Bernie Sanders, all of which are linked to NYC in major ways, while Bernie is from the green mountain state. These descriptions in Rev 17 also match the Statue of Liberty design in a number of ways so it seems the “great city” is depicting America, but in specific ways NYC and Los Angeles. NYC was also was the first capital of the U.S. and is the home of the United Nations and like Los Angeles is significantly influenced by Jewish people at the helm of the Banks, Media (including the entertainment industry) and government.
The reference to the seven heads being the seven mountains wouldn’t make sense to just refer to Seven foundations of power as the prophecy would have been more direct to refer to them as kingdoms. Therefore there must be a significance to the use of the term “mountains,” so one might consider the seven continents comprising the Earth’s land mass but even more so perhaps 7 underground hiding places, one in each continent where the forerunner space aliens who took the helm of each of these G7 powers had been hiding during the Noah flood, facilities that may have been developed during the end of the previous civilization, described as Lemuria (mu) and/or Atlantis.
Of these Seven, five failed/fell so would seem to be the United Kingdom (Great Britain that includes Scotland), France, Germany, Italy and Japan – who were destroyed during WWI and WWII (though there are several parallel interpretations further back in history, replacing Japan with Spain that all had global wide empires during the time the U.S. was being set up. Going back before Jesus incarnation can be made to work as well but is not in the most direct context as we are in the last days. The context of Rev 17 is this time period of the Judgment and Avenging hour during the 6th Seal’s opening right before the 7 angels pour out their vials. That would be the 40 year period starting at the First Seals completion period, at the exit of Do and Crew’s incarnation from March of 1997 to approx. 2004-2007. Most all Next Level events start and stop over a period of about 3 1/2 years in between larger cycles of 40 years (hour) and Seal periods of about 7-8 years (thus a combination of 7 seals over 49-50 years and a season as 2000 years.
Verse Rev 17:1 starts by referring to one (or the FIRST of the Seven Angels which had the Seven Vials (plague/calamity (Wrath of God) instigation) as showing the “judgment of the the great whore” thus is before all the 7 vials are poured out in the timeline.
By the way, these Seven Angels with Seven Calamities/Plagues (Vials) are each represented in what the Lord said would happen to those that disobeyed his commandments which mimic that plagues enacted on the Egyptians when the Lord was compelling them to release the Tribe of Israel. These can be found primarily in Deuteronomy chapter 28.
Verses Rev 17:2-9 describe how the Kings of the earth indulge in “false idol worship” with the “woman,” becoming “drunk” on the “wine of their fornication.” The woman is described as being shown in the “wilderness” – what the U.S. was at that time and how she was sitting on a “scarlet colored beast full of the names of blasphemy with seven heads and ten horns. This compares with the BEAST that came out of the bottomless pit during the time of the fifth angels trumpet sounding in the 1940’s-50’s time period that goes on to “subdue” (said as overcome) the Two Witnesses – TI and DO as shown through the state controlled media against Bo and Peep (the silly sounding names they chose to use when they realized some wanted to become their students and go with them, leaving all behind to do so).
This is also the BEAST shown in Rev 13:1 rising out of the sea, an indication where the opening to the bottomless pit was and demonstrating why there were many sightings of UFO’s descending into the Great Lakes and other large bodies of water that could very well include Antarctica which is in a big way ice thus frozen sea. This BEAST is given power by the “dragon” who is described as the “devil” (slanderer, false accuser, who opposes God, prince of demons) and the “old serpent” (reference to the same one who deceived Adam and Eve and Satan (adversary, Beelzebub, enemy of God, full of falsehood and malice) in Rev 12:9). One head of this BEAST is the U.S. and it’s secret government – the “mystery Babylon” that developed over time to cover up the space alien revealings and the technology some in the U.S. are using to advance their own technology from having. The woman is described as dressed in purple and scarlet. The Beast is described as having 7 heads that are like “mountains” which refers to the current lead nations of which the U.S. is the biggest also described as having been wounded, in what I believe was in the 9/11 attack.
In Rev 16:4-6 the Plague from the third angel pouring out their vial upon rivers and fountains of waters give rise to “bloodshed” and shows how these people, who are the human vehicles and space alien Souls using human and hybrid human equivalent vehicles are the product of the migration and resurrection of the unjust – Jesus spoke about saying would return (“those who pierced him”), the “tares” sown by the enemy of the Next Level, the Luciferian space aliens (Souls who renegaded), being the same Souls who have shed the blood of saints and prophets all along even to date as a lot of this shedding of blood takes place during the 4-6th seal time periods. These who do the blood shedding are also those who have accepted the Mark of the BEAST and/or work for (worship) the BEASTS “IMAGE” – people’s religious and spiritual self righteousness no matter their label, who work for (worship) false idols (False Gods, False Christians) often characterized as in the accumulation of wealth and/or believe in a facsimili “copy” illusion of the Next Level as in a hologram like Fatima.
This WOMAN is a symbol of a generator that was initially encapsulated as the “city and temple of/in Jerusalem” shown initially in the start of the U.S. as Lady Columbia that became Lady Liberty largely made up of the influence of the 10 Lost Tribes of Israel who were scattered to the four corners of the earth, with the U.S. the last fourth quarter. She is localized as Babylon focused on New York City as the financial center of the BEAST America that had two major falls before this time:
Rev 17:6 And I saw the woman (([also in this context= Jerusalem (the Kingdom of Israel)])) drunken with the blood of the saints, and with the blood of the martyrs of Jesus: and when I saw her, I wondered ((2296 thaumazo from thauma 2295= to wonder)) with great admiration ((2295 apparently from a form of theaomai 2300= to wonder concretely, looking more closely at));
The blood of the saints would be anyone who died on behalf of the truth that TI and DO and Jesus taught, which would include Jesus’ reference to Jerusalem as those that made claim to being the descendants of the Tribes of Israel who Jesus said, “killed the prophets and stonest them which are sent unto thee” as they also did to Jesus and his disciples and is the reason given by Jesus that the Kingdom of God would be taken away from them and given to a new people and why their “house” (dwelling, and Next Level Family relationship) would be rendered waste (made desolate) and they would only be visited by someone sent to them representing the Lord. There are two ways to see the usage of “Jerusalem” and I believe both are applicable. A city is nothing but an area of human habitat that is located in a specific place. Therefore Jesus was saying he would not be returning to those people of that ethnicity who the Next Level had been nurturing til then, which would include that vicinity, to have his next classroom. They would have to receive his next stage of lesson plan from someone acting on his behalf.
Nevertheless, Do examined going to Israel, even with the student body, several times while I was in the classroom and eventually did travel there with Lvvody and Jnnody sometime after I left them, thus between October of 1994 and when they exited their incarnations in March of 1997. I read that He said he didn’t feel his Older Members Mind there any longer so only stayed a short time. As I’ve been saying all along, neither TI or Do used scripture as their instruction of what to say and/or do. They referred to those records for clues on next steps and occasionally to illustrate certain lessons, saying the Next Level worked hard to preserve the accuracy of what Jesus had said, to be a help to whoever returned and to their students. Had they based what they said and did on those records, they probably never would have visited Israel because it seems clear from several things Jesus said, that when he returned it would not be to that people and geography.
Mat 23:37 O Jerusalem, Jerusalem, thou that killest the prophets, and stonest them which are sent unto thee, how often would I have gathered thy children together, even as a hen gathereth her chickens under her wings, and ye would not!
Mat 23:38 Behold, your house is left unto you desolate.
Mat 23:39 For I say unto you, Ye shall not see me henceforth, till ye shall say, Blessed is he that cometh in the name of the Lord.
Rev 17:7 And the angel said unto me, Wherefore didst thou marvel? I will tell thee the mystery of the woman, and of the beast that carrieth her, which hath the seven heads and ten horns.
The mystery of the woman refers to the SECRET GOVERNMENT – Babylon, again centered on NYC and LA which it seems involves the Wall Street Banker Conglomerates and the entertainment industry, largely headed by descendents from the 10 tribes of Israel that went against the Next Level and are those who “pierced” Jesus who Jesus said would also be returning when he with the saints returned to finish their overcoming process. We can limit these to “Jews” because those descendants intermingled with gentiles whenever they were scattered and especially pertaining to those who escaped Germany during the WWII migration to the west – and essentially the United States where they began to have more and more influence and rose to positions of power in government, in entertainment, in banking and in corporations alongside their counterparts in Europe to form the basis of the One World Government that merged with the Eastern cultures in India, Buddhism and Hindu for the New Age Movement that is also prevalent especially in the Baltic states of northern Europe that amounts to the “little horn” of Daniel and is all summed up as the Seven Head and Ten Horn BEAST these transplanted Jews, as the Woman is carried by, even the Israeli state is carried by.
Rev 17:8 The beast that thou sawest was, and is not; and shall ascend out of the bottomless pit, and go into perdition: and they that dwell on the earth shall wonder, whose names were not written in the book of life from the foundation of the world, when they behold the beast that was, and is not, and yet is.
I believe this is indicating the BEAST as Souls who like all souls come from the DEPOSITS the Next Level made into human vehicles that did experience enough growth to where they had some elementary service to the Next Level where they were provided with spacecrafts to fulfill certain tasks (as Watchers), but in this case are the ones who the Next Level eventually sentenced to prison under the earth (Hades/hell), which it seems included whichever physical bodies they propagated by whatever form of hybridizing or commandeering during the times they were allowed to circulate among certain parts of the earthy population. Therefore, they “were” would seem to refer to their having once “existed” to the degree they initially pleased the Next Level as student members because that’s what “existing” meant. The word Jehovah means, “I Am” or “I Exist” because as long as we seek to be counted among the Next Level Older Members “Family” they will help us do so, but that means trying to change our behavior and ways to their behavior and ways, as they help us do so by the current lesson plan provided by each most currently present Older Member.
So these who fell from that relationship, who TI and DO said were given many chances to recover from, by their own doing eventually reached a point of no return. They lost whatever Next Level Mind they had and/or it was taken away as Jesus indicated would happen to those who don’t take advantage of repeated opportunities to change and that renders them waste but even waste can be of some use to the Next Level to stimulate the growth of others who are coming up. Thus they were allowed to come up from that underground imprisonment and it even seems this was yet another chance for some of them to change, to potentially “exist” again, however slim chance there might be. Existence is not automatic. It’s a forward motion that only exists as long as we keep it moving forward, which Next Level members thrive upon doing – having tasks for their Older Members. Humans experience this and Jesus even referred to this process in a parable of how if we can be trusted by an employer or king or someone in the human kingdom who has a position of leadership, then we can learn to be entrusted by Older Members.
It’s only the Luciferian misinformation that would look down on providing service to “God” as if one is then being controlled, when the fact is that humans are very much being controlled but at times don’t know it because they can’t always see their handlers because they are either in a discarnate condition or on a spacecraft that’s cloaked and are subject to remote mind control technologies that he Next Level doesn’t practice but that Do said the Luciferians do.
Rev 17:9 And here is the mind which hath wisdom. The seven heads are seven mountains, on which the woman sitteth.
So the Seven Heads are Seven Kingdoms (rises above the plains) who at various times dominated parts of the seven continents of the earth and still do via their financial and military strength (horns) seen as the Global 7 (G7).
Rev 17:10 And (there) are ((agree, be, dure, X is, were)) seven ((affirmed, committed)) kings ((foundations of power)): five (are) fallen ((alighted; to fall, fail, fall (down), light on)), and one ((a(-n, -ny, certain), + abundantly, man, one (another), only, other, some)) is ((2076 esti= are, be(-long), call, X can(-not), come, consisteth, X dure for a while, + follow, X have, (that) is (to say), make, meaneth, X must needs, + profit, + remaineth, + wrestle)), (and the) other ((more, one (another), (an-, some an-)other(-s, -wise))) is ((2064 erchomai= accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set)) not yet ((hitherto not, (no…) as yet, not yet)) come ((erchomai)); and when ((as long (soon) as, that, + till, when(-soever), while)) (he) cometh ((erchomai)), he ((they)) must ((1163 dei= it is (was, etc.) necessary (as binding)= behoved, be meet, must (needs), (be) need(-ful), ought, should)) continue ((3306 meno= abide, continue, dwell, endure, be present, remain, stand, tarry (for), X thine own)) a short space ((3641 oligos= + almost, brief(-ly), few, (a) little, + long, a season, short, small, a while)).
The “one that dure for a while” could refer to Russia who was part of the G7 but was cast out because of their annexing of Crimea, yet remains a partner to the U.S., in their space programs, seemingly having the same recognition of the reality of the space alien agenda, I imagine next to none in government trust the agenda of, though some have been convinced some are good aliens and that the Next Level (who they don’t know are the creators) are the bad aliens coming, which of course, as these are actually seen by the Next Level as weeds, planting the “tares” are the creatures who the Next Level will extinguish so they can start a new civilization fresh.
Rev 17:11 And the beast that was, and is not, even he is the eighth, and is of the seven, and goeth into perdition.
This BEAST is indicated to have it’s origin from the seven which means the BEAST came from the seven heads. This seems to relate to the way “another beast” comes up from earth (human kingdom) that “exerciseth all the power of the first beast before him”:
Rev 13:11 And I beheld another beast coming up out of the earth; and he had two horns like a lamb, and he spake as a dragon.
Rev 13:12 And he exerciseth all the power of the first beast before him, and causeth the earth and them which dwell therein to worship the first beast, whose deadly wound was healed.
The first BEAST’s deadly wound would be the 9/11 WTC attacks that appeared to be healed from and did what it was to provide – the emergence of total power for the Mystery Babylon – the U.S. secret government that is the “BEAST.”
Rev 17:12 And the ten horns which thou sawest are ten kings, which have received no kingdom as yet; but receive power as kings one hour with the beast.
The one hour spoken of here is the “judgment and tribulation hour” that precedes the full wrath of God as shown by the Seven Plagues (vials) being poured out on the world. This time period seems to start around the turn of the millenium (2000) and would mark about a 40 year period of time for all to be finished by, when the BEAST and FALSE PROPHET are dissolved in the Lake of Fire that then starts the 1000 years before Lucifer himself (and perhaps his associates) are recycled as well with the areas of the spirit world, termed DEATH and HELL where the discarnate spirits and souls are.
Rev 17:13 These have one mind, and shall give their power and strength unto the beast.
Rev 17:14 These shall make war with the Lamb, and the Lamb shall overcome them: for he is Lord of lords, and King of kings: and they that are with him are called, and chosen, and faithful.
This battle (war) seems to be referring to the way these 10 horns are waging war by diverting monies to all the technical development programs they hope they can use to literally physically combat what they think are an evil space alien race. Some humans have embraced the spin from the Space Aliens that there are good and bad space aliens. Naturally the ones who think they are the good space aliens want to preserve the earth to include their human DNA pool they draw from for their hybridization projects that they don’t seem to talk about to their those humans who have become their contactees and channelers and what are false prophets to the Next Level. At the same time they don’t mind destroying the earth if it forwards their agenda to do so, which we see is the way of the humans who are among the 7 heads and 10 horns (hairs) of the BEAST.
For instance by forwarding the development and usage of nuclear energy and the development of weaponry, as they know they need to have certain elements that can serve them in space travel and colonization efforts. And they justify the weaponry to wage the war against the Next Level who they deem another race like them, but with more technology in their reach. Of course, the Next Level can be seen like that, though they are not really a race, a characterization of creatures in their creation because Next Level Members are not mammals, one of the reasons humans with souls provided them who are making application for membership in their Above Human Evolutionary Level must cease mammalian behavior and ways while they are still in the human mammalian evolutionary kingdom because in doing so they are rising above those characteristics and growing the Mind/Spirit “muscle” into a Being that can be moved into a physical vehicle that doesn’t have mammalian capacity.
There is no contest with the Next Level, yet the humans and space aliens prepare for it. It’s not the same battle as was first depicted in Rev 12:7-16 as that was the FIRST HARVEST battle that is a battle for “souls” with the “dragon” – the Luciferian space aliens, that only involves humans in the way they put out propaganda against the Next Level and TI and DO in particular. The battle for souls is ongoing, though with a different set of potential students, depicted as those called the remnant, or remaining (after the First Fruit have exited (been harvested) who are also referred to as those who “keep the commandments of God and have the testimony of Jesus Christ.”
Among this FIRST Harvest group are some that begin their “metamorphosis” as they become aware that TI and DO were the incarnate return for the FIRST harvest as their primary task but that in the follow up, others can show their allegiance to their Next Level – Kingdom of God/Heaven by adopting all they taught to the degree they choose and who are rewarded accordingly but will be sacrificing their lives by “standing for TI and DO” because a degree of that standing includes what Jesus taught was in the “laying down of their human lives,” because they will be taken to task by the religious leaders who will call TI and DO anything but who they really are, just as they did with Jesus. These adversaries are the return of the souls who saw to it that Jesus and his disciples were killed – in new human vehicles just as Jesus said would happen.
Some religious leaders will justify stopping TI and DO’s truth about Jesus from being shared, even by killing those who are standing to stop them and their influence on their congregations – thinking doing so was stopping their “blasphemy” so justifies killing in the name of their “God” who will be a false ALIEN/STRANGE God they have become in allegiance with while referring to these false Gods by the same records and names in the records.
Rev 17:15 And he saith unto me, The waters which thou sawest, where ((the place)) the whore sitteth, are peoples, and multitudes, and nations, and tongues.
These would be the “melting pot” of people who populate the geography of the United States (BEAST) which is the “great city” – the “woman” named the “secret (government) (Mystery) Babylon” sits upon as it’s “queen” personified as New York City whose most influential populous are linked to the 10 tribes, referred to as the Kingdom of Israel (after the tribe of Juda and Benjamin broke off), also described in records as a woman, “Jerusalem” who in this END TIME are taken over by “souls” who dropped out of a previous Next Level overcoming of humanness effort, some of whom became instrumental mounting their hatred for Jesus and his students, who were brought to this new land in the America’s who would position (sit) among the elite in the great New York City, whether still in Jewish but often mixed with Christian (Roman Catholic) and often the catch all “new age spiritual” to include unconventional Buddhists, paranormalists, pagans, gnostics, atheists, etc.
Rev 17:16 And the ten horns which thou sawest upon the beast, these shall hate the whore, (([sell their souls and bodies idolizing themselves for their accomplishments and accumulation of treasure (money), wealth and how it sets themselves apart and seemingly above others as a provider or big influence and motivator that has power over others])) and shall make ((abide, agree, appoint, X avenge, band together, bring (forth), cause, commit, execute, exercise, fulfill, gain)) her ((their own)) desolate ((lay waste)) and naked (([make their own nature exposed])), and shall eat ((consume)) her ((their own)) flesh, and burn her ((their own)) with fire.
Jesus was considered to be the “horn of salvation” (Luk 1:69) and there are SEVEN SPIRITS the Lamb sends to all the earth’s inhabitants who are described as “having horns and vision (eyes)” (Rev 5:6) so would be depicted in other references as part of the Next Level’s “army” who are on the ground incarnate, having taken over human vehicles with the Lamb and with the Father, (since He too came incarnate to get his “son,” the Lamb started in his task to bring their student body through their “spirit/mind birth” during this third trimester.
“Horns” are used to describe these because they are Next Level SOLDIERS/ARMY that will give their vehicle’s life in service of their Older Member(s) (initially prepared for that service by the first trimester lesson plan that provided four lambs horns mounted on the four corners of the altar of fire where Aaron was instructed to sprinkle blood from the sacrificed animal upon). Horn is from the primary word for “hair of the head” that identifies them as operating through human mammalian vehicles. Adult Members of the Next Level don’t have hair or horns anywhere on the vehicles that are grown and provided to student or new adult Next Level members to use.
This use of “horns” is not referring to current Next Level Members. The Great Red Dragon in Rev 12:3 is depicted to have Seven Heads and Ten horns and diadems (crowns) on his heads, meaning they are BOUND to what they have become and are behind the Kings of the earth. In Rev 13:1 the BEAST – also described as mystery Babylon – the secret largely silent government behind the U.S. government seen by most as the only government, is shown to rise out of the sea by the sandy shore. This Beast is described as rising up out of the bottomless pit – in other words the SPACE ALIENS, and the human individuals and organizations that came about because of that space aliens (who are all the human vehicles used by the Luciferian fallen angel souls). The first such organization seems to have been the CIA during this latest rise of the BEAST which became the secret government that was allowed to clandestinely take over after Do and Crew exited in 1997 as shown in Rev 13:1’s BEAST rising out of the sea:
Rev 13:1 And I stood upon the sand of the sea, and saw a beast rise up out of the sea, having seven heads and ten horns (2768 keras= from primary kar (hair of the head))), and upon his horns ten crowns ((1238 diadema= a “diadem” bound, be in bonds, knit, tied, wound about the head)), and upon his heads the name of blasphemy.
– HORNS OF DESOLATION:
The “ten horns” are “ten kings without a kingdom,” essentially the western financial ministers (G10), the wealthy royal families the ministers represent, that are largely rooted in the Banking Families throughout Europe but with their descendants, counterparts, representatives and constituency throughout the U.S., still maintaining their power and influence and who become the instruments of the New World Order Agenda that “lays waste,” to the New York/Washington D.C. axis of power, that is sat upon by the “great city” (woman), that was originally thought of as Jerusalem, while today’s equivalent is Los Angeles and the U.S. southwest because that is where TI and DO returned to, so moved the Kingdom of God to include the New City Jerusalem by doing so. These are largely subservient to the heads of the beast, the Seven Kingdoms who became global-wide in their ambitions, colonization and dominion.
It financial crisis that lays waste to the U.S. shown by the trillions of dollars of indebtedness the U.S. is in – mostly beholding to foreign banks. These Ten Horns hate the Jewish leadership of the U.S. Beast (as the Jews are the biggest group who personify the Woman) who get their power, as does the BEAST from the Luciferian souls via their discarnate and incarnate (space alien) presence.
The TWO FALLS of the 9/11 attacks and the global financial crisis of 2008-9are the biggest examples of what renders the U.S. a wasteland, though does stimulate more openness to the Next Level’s reality for some but for a majority makes them side with many factions who are against the status quo.
-HORNS THAT MAKE HER NAKED:
Here being made naked is an indirect result of the HORNS agenda because it becomes obvious to those who still have eyes to see by and see the handwriting on the wall because the deceptions and coverups employed to divert attention from the genuine agenda become obvious to anyone who pays attention which becomes a test for one and all in whether or not to participate in:
-HORNS EAT HER FLESH:
In other words, these Ten, are so to speak, “in bed with” the whore – using her (flesh), employing her powers and influence, profiteering from her every move. Like said, they are of one mind and that mind is the Luciferian mind.
-HORNS BURN HER WITH FIRE:
By Making her desolate, bankrupt and poverty stricken, USING her flesh for more profiteering all over the planet and the exposing of her true agenda many enemies are made and many are within it’s own shores because it had become the worlds biggest “melting pot” – the Next Level plan to have every opportunity for every Soul returning to become exactly what they wanted to become that would end up being their own self-judgment of whether to be for or against the true kingdom of God.
In Rev 11:13 the “shaking” (earthquake) says a “tenth part of the city fell.” Since NYC as the main group personified as the Woman the World Trade Centers being one of those ten horns – financial kingdom centers fell literally though the BEAST still survived it.
The 10 financial “horns” – instruments of power to set agendas and pay for propaganda and coverups and trade pacts and space based weapons systems and monitors and communications, etc. took a fall from it’s surface operations to be able to divert monies into what they wanted to do to combat the alien threat and/or hide underground from it or escape the earth altogether.
(For earlier interpretation of Revelations chapter 17 and the relationship to the 9/11 FALL and Injury to the one of the Seven Heads (the U.S. head) and the FALL of the financial “horn” see section: III.D.10. REV 11:13)
Isa 9:18 For wickedness burneth as the fire: it shall devour the briers and thorns, and shall kindle in the thickets of the forest, and they shall mount up like the lifting up of smoke.
(For further interpretation of the Ten Horns see section: III.D.10.A. THE TEN HORNS OF THE BEAST.)
So the Global Ten or Group of Ten (G10) most seems to embody the BEASTS Ten Horns. Switzerland was even added a short time ago and the name stayed G10, which may have even been a Next Level instigation to keep to the prophecy. They are the finance ministers of: Belgium, Canada, France, Germany, Italy, Netherlands, Sweden, The United Kingdom, and The United States and the eastern bank of Japan. Since these are described as part of the BEAST, which represents the combined manifestation of the human equivalent Space Aliens working with, influencing and pressuring by their presence and agenda’s for the U.S. to create a “secret govt” “Mystery Babylon” to keep from the public the truth, as the U.S. mounts their strategy to war against them – even thought of as the “bad” verses “good” space aliens. I believe the Next Level’s showing of the cityscape of lights on CERES and the earth like conditions on Pluto and many other events in the heavens is stimulating a huge escalation of the alien agenda that includes showing the public more of what they are becoming aware of, let by online media such as Yahoo news.
This, along with all the unseen things that are happening is the equivalent of setting fire on the U.S. in terms of people feeling pressures, worried about the future, having short tempers and more prone to violent outburst’s as well as standing up for others rights, etc. that make for more confrontations with others – and especially with the governments police who are being shown are often steeped in corruption while striking out at those who are rebelling violently, if only in word or by not cooperating or acting subservient to the authority figures that can inflame the power enforcers if they too are unstable or unsettled in what’s happening and their participation. In other words we are all in a caldron and the heat is building and then becomes violent attacks – gun battles, mass shootings, and many other forms of killing and rebelling from the status quo whether it’s thought out or not, whether it’s organized or not.
TI and DO said of this time that each human will become what they believe. From what some killers have said, they knew they were doing wrong by killing people but they felt they had to give in to that force – become it’s channel to enact justice upon others that deserved that justice.
Rev 17:17 For God hath put ((adventure, granted, shew, yield)) in ((as, by)) their ((their own)) hearts ((thoughts, feelings (mind))) to fulfil his will, and to agree, and give their kingdom unto the beast, until the words of God shall be fulfilled.
The Next Level takes advantage of the humans and human equivalent space aliens desires and agenda to fulfill their prophecy as they know what these lower forces want to do right from the time they let them out of their bottomless pit underground “prison cells” hiding places, though the particular ways in which their efforts will be made manifest in language and projects can vary so the Next Level has a big job to monitor and respond to.
Rev 17:18 And the woman which thou sawest is that great city, which reigneth over the kings of the earth.
As shown, it’s the U.S., also as the fourth part of the world, that is to experience a great deal of death as shown starting during the “judgment hour” (approx. 2004 and the fourth seal time period in Rev 6:8, beginning more around 2017), that is bringing judgment upon “herself,” thus shown as being “burned with fire,” from sea to shining sea, thus from the west coast to the east that is a result of the actions of the BEASTS “ten horns” – the military and financial powers stimulated to escalate their actions all over the world that comes to a head during the 9/11 attacks and the financial crisis that stimulate hatreds of American’s by many peoples, while still gleaning profits because of. The U.S. credit rating lost it’s AAA rating around 2012 and there are disputes with Germany over the gold stored in the U.S. federal reserve – the U.S. isn’t giving it back to Germany when they asked for it, saying they changed the numbering system on the gold bars which for some reason made it complicated to determine which gold bars belonged to Germany, which makes no sense. The U.S. public is only fractionally aware of such things and there are no doubt many more. Only a very few allies went along with the Iraq war. Millions demonstrated against the U.S. and Great Britain’s invasion all over Europe and in the U.S. to no avail.
Revelations chapter 18 continues to show this “burning with fire” via humans in their governments as the “falling twice… of Babylon the Great”:
Verse Rev 18:1 indicates a lighted spacecraft (angel) comes down from heaven with great power and glory, which is shown in Rev 14:6, where the “lighten” is provided via the internet or middle heaven starting with Do and Crew’s 7th Thunder – their Heavensgate.com web site that shortly thereafter starts the 2nd seal’s start of the Judgment Hour in 2004.
Rev 18:2 And he cried mightily with a strong voice, saying, Babylon the great is fallen ((fail, fall, fly)), is fallen, and is become ((generate)) the habitation of devils, and the hold of every foul spirit, and a cage of every unclean and hateful bird.
Rev 18:3 For all nations have drunk of the wine of the wrath of her fornication, and the kings of the earth have committed fornication with her, and the merchants of the earth are waxed rich through the abundance of her delicacies.
This is directly in sync with the third seal starting around 2008 as the timeline of:
Rev 14:8 And there followed another angel, saying, Babylon is fallen, is fallen, that great city, because she made all nations drink of the wine of the wrath of her fornication.
Babylon falling twice can even relate to “lighting/flying down” as in airplanes hitting the World Trade Centers – speaking Babylon as the “great city” spoken of before as the Woman and calls it “a habitation of devils and the cage/prison for every foul spirit and of every unclean and hateful bird.” Any city is not about it’s incorporation or even it’s boundaries – it’s made up of people, so this woman represents a “great people” and the only people during this civilization the Next Level has referred to as “great” are those from the 12 tribes of Israel. It was reported days after the 9/11 attacks that Israel and Germany and Russia and other nations warned the U.S. of the pending attacks and FBI agents were informed of using airplanes to attack buildings, even though G.W. Bush said such was unimaginable and Secretary of State, Condoleezza Rice overlooked or didn’t think were important or unusual or ignored the memos about Bin Laden’s pending attack – even though that may have been scapegoating Bin Laden who was allegedly filmed soon after the attack saying it wasn’t his doing.
Rev 18:4 And I heard another voice from heaven, saying, Come out of her, my people, that ye be not partakers of her sins, and that ye receive not of her plagues.
This sounds very much like where Jesus said:
Mat 24:15 When ye therefore shall see the abomination of desolation, spoken of by Daniel the prophet, stand ((2476 histemi= make a stand, make firm, stand by, stand ready or prepared, be of steadfast mind, don’t hesitate or waiver from)) in the holy ((full of awe)) place, (whoso readeth, let him understand:)
Mat 24:16 Then let them which be in Judaea flee into the mountains ((rise, mount, hills)):
This would seem to apply most to the way the Middle East – Iraq, Syria, Egypt, Yemen, Somalia, Iran, Lebanon, Israel, Palestine, Jordan and others have been in a perpetual condition of great unrest and war escalated by the U.S. and Great Britain by invading Afganistan, Iraq and with France in Libya and Russia in the Ukraine, Chechnya then Syria, assisted by and others with regular, of late, bombing and regular drone strikes, ground troops often called advisers, contract soldiers
However the “calamities” (plagues) are to be most evident in the U.S. soon after these two “falls.”
Simultaneously, since there was no reference to Judea being interpreted in a non-physical way (as was the case in Rev 11 regarding where the Two Witnesses are subdued (overcome) by the BEAST, said as the “spiritual” Sodom, Egypt, and where Jesus was crucified) this seems to apply to what today is called Palestine which people are being alerted to flee from when they see the foul, detestable, idolizing people/nation being laid to waste as happened in NYC from the 9/11 attacks that brought down or resulted in bringing down three of the skyscrapers (towers) in that 7 building complex.
We can recall that the name “Babylon” is the name on the forehead of the “woman” (great city NYC) so is actually most in representation of the United States of America as it was initially referred to as “mystery Babylon” in Rev 17:5 where it is portrayed in detail. And in particular the word used in most translations is “mystery” from Greek Strong’s number: 3466 “musterion” derived from muo= “to shut the mouth,” a secret, through the idea of silence so once again this is the “secret or shadow U.S. government” composed of people mostly in the military and other power centers that began essentially in the 1940’s and 1950’s with the start of the CIA and the reported “MJ-12” group formed to plan the coverup of the space alien physical presence on and in the earth as had been very well established during those decades in the U.S.
Rev 18:5 For her sins have reached unto heaven, and God hath remembered her iniquities.
The biggest and most obvious example of how the USA’s sins have reached into outer space (heavens) was when NASA shot a missile at comet Tempel1 and was photographed to have caused a sizable crater in it on July 4, 2005. It was shown live over the internet. I watched it. Another example is in how the spacecraft named Cassini is supposed to be crashed into Saturn and it has nuclear powered systems.
Then there are the thousands and thousands of probes and satellites and such sent up by NASA, ESA, Russia, India, Japan and other space agencies. I don’t know exactly whether the Next Level considers all these organizations do as the “sins” in this context. They are certainly not doing what they do for the Next Level so it’s all Luciferian driven agendas that play upon humans seeking to exemplify their accomplishments even in competition with the Next Level consciously or not (just like in the tower of babel story) and any profitability and prestige and new budgets they can get to allow them to tinker in outer space which also has the affect of becoming a type of “poison” to observers as people aspire to enter into those careers or hobby in astrophysics that influences them to become more and more invested in seeing in the limited way many in those science communities can see or if they can see more, become so entrenched in that mindset with their income and social status that they often don’t care to look at the entire picture any further so they cut themselves off from seeking and paying attention to what someone like TI and DO said.
Rev 18:6 Reward her even as she rewarded you, and double unto her double according to her works: in the cup which she hath filled fill to her double.
The use of “cup” has to do with what we drink and consume – what we must accept to continue in Next Level service but in this case the ramifications of choices people make on who to serve between the BEAST (as Jesus called “Mammon”) and the Next Level (Deity. “God,” Kingdom of God), for many by deciding whether to believe in TI and DO or not. The vials in Rev 16 the angels pour out are actually also translated to “bowls” or CUPS thus these seven plagues aka calamities are the Next Level’s wrath being POURED OUT that manifests by the death of a third of mankind from from at least two primary locations around the world – the areas of the old and new Babylonian related Empires.
Note, how “double” is prescribed just like there will have been by this time two major blood baths of those in allegiance to the Next Level surrounding Old and New Jerusalem – Middle east/E.U. and USA during and after the time of Jesus and after the time of TI and DO’s incarnation that is met with “double” the “reward” for those who instigated that sacrifice from those who gave their lives to Jesus and then TI and DO. Thus for every plague/calamity listed it would primarily affect two geographies, two peoples with I imagine two events for each.
Rev 18:7 How much she hath glorified herself, and lived deliciously, so much torment and sorrow give her: for she saith in her heart, I sit a queen, and am no widow, and shall see no sorrow.
The U.S. and E.U. are filled with people that are at the height of self admiration, arrogance, self described intellectualism, and self described righteousness (secular humanist, spiritual and/or religious) in all factions of society. It is indicated that she, the “great city” – the U.S. with it’s New York city to Los Angeles, California axis, sits as a “queen,” but not a widow (as “she” is “married” – joined with another “city,” I suspect would be the E.U. (Brussels) and Israel/Jerusalem axis and shall see no sorrow because she doesn’t choose to see the sorrows she has stimulated and fosters. She puts on a happy face to every tragedy to show the world how she’s recovered. For instance, it’s largely thought the U.S. has recovered from the 9-11 attacks of 2001 and that the economy has improved since the financial crisis of 2008-9. That’s what is widely reported on the corporate BEASTLY media.
There have been recent examples of this putting on a happy face. In July of 2016 after two more of many before it, shootings by police of African American unarmed men, essentially for minor traffic violation apprehensions by fearful and trigger happy police, an x-military sniper gunned down twelve police – not harming anyone, at a peaceful “Black Lives Matter” rally in Dallas, Texas in which five of the police officers were killed and eventually the sniper who was an African American who said he was after white police officers to avenge these and other police killings.
A big televised funeral ceremony was held attended by a number of heads of state to include George W. Bush and his wife Laura, Barack Obama and his wife Michelle who were standing next to one another all holding hands during a solemn music arrangement done with bagpipes. (By the way, before this part of the ceremony Bush gave a speech. In it he gave the names and a little bio of each of the five slain officers. One of them he said was an avid Texas Ranger Baseball team fan and one could hear what sounded like quite a roar of laughter and/or applause for that point). Nevertheless during the bagpipes Bush was swinging his arms back and forth quite rigorously with the tempo of the bagpipes taking Laura and Michelle’s hands with his, and he have a very jovial look on his face as if this was a celebration of a sporting event, seeming to even be singing something while the others were all moreorless stone faced and not seeming to pay attention to him until it was nearly over and Michelle and Barack looked his way and smiled. People wondered if alcohol played a part.
PLAGUES ARE SHOWN TO BEGIN WHICH ARE THE SEVEN ANGELS WHO POUR OUT THEIR VIALS:
Rev 18:8 Therefore shall her plagues come in one day ((hemera= sit, time)), death, and mourning, and famine; and she shall be utterly burned with fire: for strong is the Lord God who judgeth her.
There seems to be a turning point expressed in this verse in that both the “plagues shall come in one day” and it’s the “Lord God who judgeth her” which is different from the “burning with fire” from Rev 17:16, that is results from the Ten Horns enacting their globalization agenda that is met with consternation by many of the people, especially those on the far right and far left, especially those who believe in these Revelations prophecy manifestations (though not necessarily believe in the One True Kingdom of God because many have bought the constructed misinformation about Jesus, etc.).
Thus this marks the time the “Lord God” is delivering the specific “plagues/calamities” announced (trumpeted/sounded) and introduced by certain partial manifestations as shown beginning in Revelations chapters 8 and 9, but now during this 6th and 7th seal time made fully manifest with the U.S. a primary recipient (where they were kept back in part from the U.S. territories before now) as shown in Revelations chapter 16.
As is the Next Level way, They have shown Their power all along, all throughout history, in diverse parts of the world with a clear increase in size and frequency of earthquakes, tsunamis, volcanic eruptions, hurricanes, typhoons, huge hail stones, drought and resulting forest fires, threatening near miss asteroids, meteors that cause minor damage to an entire city (as in Chelyabinsk, Russia in 2013, fireballs that don’t act like anything else hence the new name as they appear propelled (as opposed to having a directly falling trajectory), odd occurrences in space; strange geometric shapes that look like human satellites, but hundreds of times bigger in the sun-scape, the cityscape of lights on Ceres with the crystalline 5-10 mile tall tower that looks like a tree without branches, Pluto’s surprising earth like environment, moon bases, pyramid and tower looking structures on planets and on the ocean floors, comets with companion objects (Hale Bopp, 2013 Pan Starrs, ISON), and many more events. However, these 7 vials to be poured out are the delivery of the “cup” of the wrath of God on not only the world but now primarily on the geography and people of the USA where this BEAST has risen from to become the global empire. Those who are most part of this sphere of influence, even as equivalent to a spouse “wife” would seem most to be Great Britain and the E.U. but the Middle East territories will also be made desolate (waste).
(Ceres pics: https://sawyerhg.wordpress.com/2016/11/27/jesus-said-there-would-be-signs-in-the-sun-moon-stars-planets-comets/)
It was the Next Level’s removal of Their Older Members and Crew (First Fruit) that then removed an installed impediment to the BEAST seizing global dominance to mount it’s attack and defense against their perceived space alien threat that meant sucking trillions of dollars from all sources to fund the many associated science projects, to develop technologies for their projects to escape into space and to hide underground and trying to learn to shoot down or divert asteroids, etc., looking for more powerful energy sources (like the Bob Lazar element), while hiding the true intention from most that resulted in the “secret (Mystery) government (Babylon)” that has fostered so much misinformation and siphoned off so much capital from the budgets while manufacturing income – literally printing more money, but also giving loans to many without proof of income thereby knowing many will default and then profiting off of bundled loan sales as the loans never represented anyone’s real money to begin with so nothing was lost except for accountability and the return of assets, like houses in foreclosures. This has been part of the way the U.S. economy can be kept alive in an increasingly volatile environment as good paying jobs disappeared as more and more manufacturing is shipped overseas where there are no labor standards and no liability and no EPA or FDA guidelines to maximize profits so they can keep their work force and efforts focused on the aspects of the “war in the heaven’s” they mount as if shifting the entire economy to a war economy like during WWII while the public largely doesn’t have a clue. It is a futile effort where the Next Level is concerned as there is no contest with the Next Level.
America is to experience this period of “death, mourning, famine and is “burned by fire” – which has already been shown to be escalating but has only just begun during the 2000’s and actually really gets underway starting in 2017. We will observe massive riots, revolts, vigilantism, more mass shootings, random violence, ethnically, racial and religious bigotry justified by those enacting the violence just like the U.S. and other countries have done on a larger scale all over the planet over the last century, and more, civil disobedience with violence and military in the streets in many major U.S. cities (police forces are deploying military hardware and their ranks are largely from war veterans accustomed to looking at people of color as the enemy) while putting a face of normalcy and even social progress in the media at the same time, mostly a totally false facade. Anyone who appears to be a dissident from the government’s perspective no matter what their party or race or creed will be labeled as a threat by someone and all it will take is an accusation from any citizen at any time to suspect someone and find a reason to give them a ticket or stay in jail or in the case of some to be shipped off to a camp of some sort so their dissidence can’t easily “infect” others.
Some who resort to any way of making an income they can find, like selling cd’s, if complained against by say a store owner can easily mean the police could enact a brutal arrest and if they get the least reason shoot to kill and get at most a slap on the wrist for doing so, especially when it’s against people whose skin color is brown to black when some of the police have their own vendetta against. My vehicle’s nephew just entered the police force in the south U.S. and I heard a report that I took as his becoming bias against blacks because they are the ones committing the crimes. I doubt he understands that dynamic. It’s actually programmed into many whites from birth that blacks are lessor and are a criminal element and are promiscuous and dirty and drug users and so forth. Since in most cases black families were discriminated against and didn’t go along with the largely controlling white power structures and their predatory ways, they remained an underclass in America having only the facade of equality starting in the 1970’s and especially in the south. They became more suspect and had less opportunities so did become a class of street survivors that the whites sought to write laws against which ended up putting more blacks in jail that also fostered black on black violence and crime, etc. (Crimes spoken of here are against Lucifer’s laws not the Next Level’s laws, while the whites and their power structures in government are the biggest criminals against the Next Level laws – for instance living by guns made to kill other humans against the Next Levels instructions).
Because of the draw of benefits away from the poor and the prosecution of the poor for tiny offenses like traffic violations, a license plate light being out, for instance, or not using their turn signal a correct distance from the road in which they turned, gives police justification to stop and issue a ticket and find other things wrong, expired license, and/or insurance as people without jobs and benefits fail to keep those things up when given choices between them and food and clothing for their children. Almost everyday in the news in the U.S. there are police killing of unarmed blacks with video footage of the incidents. So when it says the U.S. (Babylon) shall be burned with fire it is fire in very sense of the word as war in the streets, inflamed passions and jealousies, loss of respect for authorities, even a literal sniper war against authorities. For every report there are hundreds of more incidents that go unreported
But overall the way it will seem to work for these who I am listing en-masse as dissidents is that they will not be “marked” so will eventually be prohibited from buying and selling and receiving any benefits and will be targeted by individuals and/or groups and even killed if they don’t show their allegiance – get their markings on their hand or forehead or work (worship) for the image – a delusional idea of what God is, the false prophet “god” that is popular among many upper class Christians and many new age Buddhists to show allegiance to, and what their ideas are to safeguard their sense of security – often subconscious protection from so called radical elements and Christians who are often in affect Anti-Christs in how they don’t know what a Christ is and how one must become a Christ to become a member of the Next Level – to go to the Kingdom of Heaven, (even though that is accomplished in stages so all don’t graduate during the same human vehicle experience). In one application this IMAGE seems to be a Hologram like Fatima.
Rev 13:16 And he causeth all, both small and great, rich and poor, free and bond, to receive a mark in their right hand, or in their foreheads:
Rev 13:17 And that no man might buy or sell, save he that had the mark, or the name of the beast, or the number of his name.
Since the plagues are beginning at about this point in the timeline that are a part of the JUDGMENT DAY and HOUR OF JUDGMENT and start of the WRATH OF GOD, the people who have chose to be marked by the BEAST are already mostly marked. They have largely chosen their allegiance to their government and it’s institutions, it’s medical prowess, it’s intellectualism and it’s opinions in the use of their science.
For instance in the first vial being poured out note how it’s only a problem for those who had accepted the MARK or worshiped the BEASTS IMAGE – a religious or spiritual devotion, thinking of self as belonging to a Christian nation or being among the enlightened in the world or apt to believe in Space Aliens as “gods” or in a holographic image like Fatima.
Here is where this time was first announced to come, said as “following” the sounding. Note it’s relationship to “fire mixed with bloodshed,” we have seen escalate in the U.S. west especially since the new millennium:
Rev 8:7 The first angel sounded, and there followed hail and fire mingled with blood, and they were cast upon the earth: and the third part of trees was burnt up, and all green grass was burnt up
I wondered for a long time if the hugely increasing vaccination programs will be part of the cause of these “noisome and grievous sore” on humans, perhaps a reaction from the content of the vial:
Rev 16:2 And the first went, and poured out his vial upon the earth; and there fell a noisome and grievous sore ((1668 helkos most likely from helkuo 1670= an ulcer (as if drawn together))) upon the men which had the mark of the beast, and upon them which worshipped his image ((1504 eikon from eiko 1503= faintness as a copy, likeness, (literally) statue, profile, or as a figure a representation, resemblance, [holographic image like Fatima])).
The sores are actually translated as “ulcers” (a drawing together) which is the exact terminology used to describe lesions Dr. Wakefield and his eleven associate doctors documented among the ten autistic children that became his patients because of their all also having bowel disease. These lesions were throughout their intestines and measles virus they all received from the MMR vaccination was found in the lesions. From the intestines the virus and/or heavy metals and formaldehyde and other parts of many vaccinations, if not flushed out of the body, if they pass through the intestinal wall as is the norm these toxins enter the blood stream and travel all over the body to include the brain where mercury in particular could constitute a “fire” as these heavy elements are quite “hot” as electromagnetic conductors and the body’s response to them can be inflammation – brain swelling – all together potentially destroying sensitive brain tissue and the brains neuro-transmissions, a typical symptom seen in Autism, Parkinsons, and many other diseases that are often in incubation for years before surfacing, so become near impossible to directly claim are responses from certain vaccinations and/or combinations of vaccinations.
So if this is accurate then only those that accept these vaccinations suffer from the sores as they trust the associated government institutions and corporations and in this example, a big one of many, the vaccination protocol so would be those who have given their allegiance to the poisonous deceiving, who are thus worshiping (Do called, “working for”) The BEASTS IMAGE (Spirituality, Space Alien worship, false idols, false Christians, even seeing and worshipping a hologram like Fatima that communicates).” There are also many additional surfacing of “sores” coming about. Sores could also be referring to tumor propagation as in cancers and in the sores as rashes inside and outside the body as allergies and acquired immune deficiencies (AIDS).
There is also an application to mental illness in the way there is an epidemic usage of drugs to calm anxiety disorders and hypertension as ADD, ADHD and bi-polar conditions, diabetes related conditions, etc., etc. After all, humans in major cities are often drinking and cooking with city water that is reconstituted WASTE water that has allowable levels of toxins are are loaded with Chlorine. This water can be filled with heavy metal toxins not filtered out that can contribute to brain malfunctions often treated with drugs reducing one’s self control and directing people to have less tolerance and patience and are more thoughtful response to others so all are like firecrackers whose fuse was lit and it’s just a matter of time before an explosion. This is all exasperated by the way society has accepted Luciferian laws as justification to apprehend, lock up, fine, treat disrespectfully, abuse and even kill people who may or may not be breaking any of God’s laws. This is a big part of how the U.S. is destroyed by fire in all it’s forms.
Remember as Jesus said, those who try to save their lives will lose their life in the Next Level. In other words, accepting the MARK will tell the Next Level which human vehicles are the “tares” so will be most subject to these plagues (7 vials) and which have Souls that can be saved when they die. All vehicles will eventually die so there is no escaping that, though some Christians think they will be “raptured” and some New Agers think their so called “good space aliens” will save them. The only “rapture” they might experience is from the space aliens taking their vehicles for their DNA and an occasional few as delegates, seen as “contactees.”
So the plagues will begin to be poured out and it will show their power though many, even most will not change their mind (repent) about the reality of the Next Level and the fact that TI and DO were the return many Christians and other religious were thinking they were looking for, or to change their associated behaviors and ways that have become far afield to what the Next Level ever gave to humans to qualify as their children.
Rev 18:9 And the kings of the earth, who have committed fornication and lived deliciously with her, shall bewail her, and lament for her, when they shall see the smoke of her burning,
Verses Rev 14:9-13 indicates the “wrath of God” is coming to all who work for the BEAST and accept the mark. This will apply especially to the U.S. and E.U. – the BEAST and the LITTLE BEAST (Rev 13:11-14)
Rev 18:10 Standing afar off for the fear of her torment, saying, Alas, alas that great city Babylon, that mighty city! for in one hour is thy judgment come.
It would appear that the countries outside of the U.S. mainland are aware of the torment in the U.S. which would seem to be the first signs of the seven vials being poured out as plagues and calamities that no doubt includes mayhem, perhaps the equivalent of civil war that’s been going on for years by this time, moreorless ever since the “temple in heaven” was opened/shown on dwarf planet Ceres that with it seems to include a stepping up by humans to divert as much funds towards their war machine that includes dealing with dissidents all over the planet but probably includes the motivation to design weapons to combat what some as a “bad space alien” threat – the depicted “battle/war of/in Armageddon. It might be that some would see TI and DO as contactees from the bad aliens.
The only ones who would stand a chance of seeing TI and DO as the creators representatives are those who were given “Soul deposits” or perhaps some who still had some Next Level mind in them that could include them in the 144,000 number. Thus these would be targeted early on, to get rid of, to hush up, not necessarily by the government only but by those who side with the government, those who had accepted the various markings and mindset. We can witness this brewing as we come upon the 2016 presidential election with both Bernie Sanders supporters and Donald Trump supporters getting increasingly violent for different reasons but both tied to their taking sides in the government that they all agree is corrupt but think somehow is going to cease being corrupt if they can get their candidate elected – a complete illusion and hope that humans (mammon) can save themselves from themselves.
Rev 18:11 And the merchants of the earth shall weep and mourn over her; for no man buyeth their merchandise any more:
This prophecy has begun to be fulfilled starting in 1997 when the U.S. trade deficit, the difference between imports and exports began to spike dramatically. From a steady rise since 1980 from about 50 billion dollars to about 200 billion dollars a year, around 1997 it rose consistently to over a trillion dollars by about 2007, a mere ten years, thus indicating that exports were significantly reduced during that time.
Rev 18:12-19 – shows some detail of the U.S. in social and financial ruin during the course of these “40 years” (a Next Level “hour”).
Rev 18:20 Rejoice over her, thou heaven, and ye holy apostles ((delegates (oil – those giving all their energy/time to service to TI and DO)) and prophets ((speakers of the truth)); for God hath avenged you on her.
The very large event that does “hurt the earth and sea and trees” is depicted next though those that survive it and change, if any, will be among those who could still have their souls or spirits saved for the next civilization lesson ground:
Rev 18:21 And a mighty ((ischuros= strong, powerful)) angel took up a stone like a great millstone, and cast it into the sea, saying, Thus with violence ((rush)) shall that great city Babylon be thrown down, and shall be found no more at all.
It’s interesting how the events forecast by the Second Angel’s sounding describes, “as it were…”
Rev 8:8 And the second angel sounded, and as it were a great mountain burning with fire was cast into the sea: and the third part of the sea became blood;
Rev 8:9 And the third part of the creatures which were in the sea, and had life, died; and the third part of the ships were destroyed.
Rev 16:3 And the second angel poured out his vial upon the sea; and it became as the blood of a dead man: and every living Soul ((zao= to live, breathe, active being)) died in the sea.
In other words, what is being shown in Rev 8:8 is not exactly what would happen if a “great mountain burning with fire” was “cast into the sea” – which is also the way the the “stone” was “like” a great millstone, as in size and/or weight, cast into the sea – but both causing violent destruction in/on/around one or more seas that SHALL thrown down the U.S. (Babylon) and be it’s end – not to be found no more at all.
Since the third part is specified in one account, I suspect it’s cued on Mt. Etna and the Mediterranean Sea and in the U.S., the fourth part of the world, I would suspect Yellowstone in the state of Montana, whose name comes from the Spanish word Montana, translated to “mountain,” or “mountainous country.” With the keyword mountain as a big clue it should be noted that it was March 20, 1980, when Mount St. Helens, known to the Klickitats Indians as Louwala-Clough translated to “smoking or fire mountain” (note: “burning with fire”) had a earthquake with a 4.2 magnitude with a huge steam exhaust on the 27th and then another 5.1 mag. earthquake and major eruption on May 18, 1980 – the biggest volcanic eruption documented in the U.S. It showed activity until 1986, then a little around 1990 with the latest steam plumes of ash in 2008.
In that Mt. St. Helens eruption, mudflows transported about 3,900,000 cubic yards of material into the Columbia River and the area was saturated by sulfur dioxide that all washed into the Pacific ocean (sea), thus one can see how an even bigger eruption in that area could badly pollute the “sea” and other waterways for hundreds of miles around, even affecting the Great Salt Lake in Utah, relatively close to Mt. St. Helens.
After all, where on the planet in the Old World (EU/Middle East) and New World (western U.S.) are there greater foundations of human Luciferian power presented in a religio-spiritual false-Christian framework than in Rome – seat of the “Holy See” in Vatican City and in Salt Lake City, Utah, home to the most recent church built from Space Alien (fallen angel) Soul Moroni (Mormons) – called the “Church of Jesus Christ Latter Day Saints” (LDS church), together with all the other signs?
It’s quite clear this is a devastating event or combination and series of events that befall the U.S. and the former Roman Empire – “who pierced him.” It’s interesting that this “stone like a great millstone” isn’t cast down from the heavens so doesn’t seem to be an asteroid, yet if it was an earthquake (shaking) like other depictions one would expect the Greek word for seismic to be used, though a volcanic eruption seems to be started by earthquake activity – it’s not the primary source of the calamity.
There is some suspicion been reported that the two giant tsunamis to hit Sumatra and Japan in the early 2000’s had seismic activity but there is some evidence it could have been caused by an object from the heavens that went undetected or could have occurred by a giant hole opening up in the Pacific ocean sea floor, even like a cave in that displaced many tons of earth to cause the shaking and the roaring sea. The point is we don’t know how many ways the Next Level can demonstrate their fulfillment of these prophecies. What we do know is that keeping a great deal of it a mystery til now was part of Their plan, because otherwise the Luciferian space aliens would have more ammunition to further distort the truth before it does come out, further challenging the chances for some to see the truth. No Soul is shorted opportunities to SEE by having human vehicles available that have that potential.
The clues don’t add up to this referring primarily to the former Babylonian Empire and the city Babylon as they are today non-existent so there is nothing to throw down. However, should this happen to the Mediterranean, no doubt those ancient areas would also be significantly affected. However, primarily this would seem to be referring to the new Babylon with the New Jerusalem. The New Jerusalem is destroyed by fire, heat, drought, conflict and NYC and vicinity destroyed by water. I suspect the mighty angel is a archangel – a captain of angels, probably promoted from those who were counted as the Four Living Beings.
Even still here is what the prophet Jeremiah said about Babylon’s fall that with most prophecy would have multiple applications during and after his time:
Jer 51:61 And Jeremiah said to Seraiah, When thou comest to Babylon, and shalt see, and shalt read all these words;
Jer 51:62 Then shalt thou say, O LORD, thou hast spoken against this place, to cut it off, that none shall remain in it, neither man nor beast, but that it shall be desolate for ever.
Jer 51:63 And it shall be, when thou hast made an end of reading this book, that thou shalt bind a stone ((‘eben= building stones, headstone)) to it, and cast it into the midst of Euphrates:
Jer 51:64 And thou shalt say, Thus shall Babylon sink ((Hebrew shaqa’= drown, quench, subside, to sink, collapse, settle)) shall not rise from the evil ((Hebrew ra’= hurt, trouble, sore, affliction, noisome, grievous, sad)) that I will bring upon her: and they shall be weary. Thus far are the words of Jeremiah.
What is most interesting is how this verse uses the idea of a stone (like a millstone) cast into the sea, which Jesus illustrated as the fate of those who put a stumbling block or impediment (i.e. cause to distrust) in front of one who is seeking to be a student of their Older Member, the latest REPS in the names of TI and DO:
Mar 9:42 And whosoever shall offend ((causing to stumble)) one of these little ones that believe in me, it is better for him that a millstone were hanged about his neck, and he were cast into the sea.
Similar stories of an ancient Tower of Babel are told in a number of cultures all over the world. Of the four I read they all involved building this tower to defy but only one talked about how building a tall building was defying God, which involved surviving another flood and/or showing God humans are not forced to live on earth while God Beings can circulate in the elevated areas (sky/heaven). TI and DO said the Luciferian space aliens – the Souls who occupy hybrid physical bodies like discarnates can influence many in the world, gravitating to those with the most power over other humans and have more locations they are allowed into where human level discarnates can not go, who “resent” the Next Level, which is why they seek to steal “souls” from the Next Level plantings (those humans who receive a “tag” and/or Soul “deposit” and do try to put stumbling blocks before every would be student. Thus it seems this is depicting the punishment upon an entire nation who have sided with the Luciferian “misinformation mind” in a similar way by being tools of the twisting and turning of every thought and idea and concept that came from the Next Level incarnate Older Members over the course of the current civilization.
It’s also telling in how TI and DO and certain records indicate the Luciferian space aliens are desperate to leave the earth before another period of time when they suspect they might only find some safety being underground again, hence the U.S. and other space programs they have got humans to put more and more effort into to find certain elements they know exist that can greatly increase their ability to have zero gravity craft and/or to establish colonies and to combat who some of them probably think of as the Bad Aliens – Reptilians.
TI and DO indicated the Luciferian Space Aliens also “resent” the Next Level and thus all who give their allegiance to the Next Level, so they seek to turn every story from the records into a myth or to render it religious, spiritual, mystical, mixing in distortions and dilutions from the whole simple truth. Everything has become so complicated (as Do said) that it’s almost impossible to see the truth unless someone really asks the Next Level to see it and pursues the answers overlooking their fears of what they will find and how they will be faced to change things about their lives to show the Next Level their allegiance rather than conforming to mans idea of what that allegiance may look like. Changes will come one way or another so why not seek the Next Level’s help to make the changes on their behalf and then have a chance to LIVE because they will see that investing in you might become a fruitful endeavor. I say “might” because giving allegiance is not only a one time commitment. It starts with a renewed commitment, not assuming we had one before, but if we are to follow up on it, as they offer us opportunities to show them what our commitment is made out of, we can continue making it. Even if we fail in some way, getting “back on the horse” as some say, is part of that commitment while trying to improve to not repeat the same thinking and actions that caused our slippage or fall.
Moving past the next Angel Sounding and associated Angel pouring out of Vial events; (third and fourth covered in sections; III.C.3 THIRD TRUMPET AND III.C.4 FOURTH TRUMPET) that continue the HOUR OF JUDGMENT of the U.S. and E.U./Middle East brings the timeline up to the depiction of what happens to the SEAT OF THE BEAST. Since the BEAST is the U.S. secret government (mystery Babylon) that is the basis of the New World Order/global – 7 heads, 10 horns with 10 crowns, mostly EU countries, there are only two contending primary locations for this BEAST’s Seat, that of Washington D.C., which really tends to look like more of the front for that SEAT – the non-mystery govt. This means New York City and vicinity is the more likley candidate as the SEAT – where the real Throne is most apparent. After all in terms of internationalism, there is no other location in the U.S. that shows greater indicators as in the 7 TOWERS OF THE WORLD TRADE CENTER, that were all eventually demolished, rebuilt or made into a memorial park, while are shrouded in controversy and evidence of conspiracy in their demise, and the UNITED NATIONS HEADQUARTERS, the FEDERAL RESERVE BANK, the FINANCIAL CAPITAL OF THE WORLD with the WALL STREET INVESTMENT BANKING conglomerates who manipulated the 2007-8 global financial crisis, etc.
Rev 16:10 And the fifth angel poured out his vial upon the seat ((2362 thronos= from thrao (to sit), a stately seat (“throne”), implication of power, a potentate)) of the beast; and his kingdom was full of darkness; and they gnawed their tongues for pain,
Rev 16:11 And blasphemed the God of heaven because of their pains and their sores, and repented not of their deeds.
Perhaps the darkness is from the events associated with the “millstone like object cast into the sea” that is all part of that “hour judgment” and “wrath of God” upon humans who make the BEAST and MAMMON (mammalian forms of treasure and wealth) their “God.” It certainly could have created a very dense black cloud if it was related to a volcanic eruption as anticipated. We’ve seen how the ash cloud can block out huge portions of the sunlight and that breathing the particulate is very toxic to the lungs, skin and eyes, etc.
Volcanic smog (Vog) poses a health hazard by aggravating preexisting respiratory ailments, and acid rain damages crops and can leach lead into household water supplies. Sulfur dioxide gas (SO2) is a poisonous gas that irritates skin and the tissues and mucous membranes of the eyes, nose, and throat. During even moderate physical activity, SO2 penetrates deeply into the airway and can produce respiratory distress in some individuals. It can induce asthma attacks, especially in adolescents, and can also impede the ability of the upper respiratory tract to remove other potentially harmful particles. Other complaints include headaches, breathing difficulties, watery eyes, sore throat, flu-like symptoms, and a general lack of energy.
It seems far from coincidence that NYC became the first city in this civilization to build a towering 102 story skyscraper, even taking on the state’s motto as the “Empire State” Building, along with the Statue of Liberty, whose name came from Lady Columbia that first represented a new home and “land of opportunity” in America for millions of people from all over the world, though mostly from Europe, looking for opportunity, fleeing ethnic, racial and religious persecutions. I suspect it would have been a Next Level crew who gave the designer many of the ideas that often met objections but ended up being a huge fit to Revelations prophecy. TI and DO did indicate that setting things up with terminology and events were tasks given to certain crews to do.
Here’s a list:
– Links to Ancient Rome as Jesus said even those who pierced him would be returning and that the just and the unjust would rise again, meaning their branch on the human tree would bear equivalent leaves that don’t recognize the truth again so may apply to both gentiles and religious and their modern depictions as staunch atheists, pagans and spiritual. (Note: None of these belief or non-belief systems in and of themselves are “bad” IF they are moved through when individuals are shown the teachings of TI and DO because what they taught stands apart from everything else though shows relationships to all thinking in the past).
1) The Name “Lady Liberty” – comes from the Roman Goddess of Freedom.
TI and DO said there is no freedom in the human kingdom. Such can only be found once a member of the Next Level. Even if humans are seemingly free, it ends in a very tiny space in time and we are all bound by our senses, our programming, our hormones, by our flesh vehicles and most of all to the human kingdom. For any who are breaking away, those souls will be saved by the Next Level to have another chance to gain complete freedom.
2) The statue has a “diadem (crown)” on her head – A diadem is a type of crown, specifically an ornamental headband worn by monarchs and others as a badge of royalty whether male or female in Greek, Persian and Roman cultures. The word derives from the Greek diádema, “band” or “fillet,” diadéo, “I bind round,” or “I fasten.” – This name seems to refer to that human being bound to lead the people, in this case in Luciferian rule.
TI and DO said Lucifer also like order and laws and justice in the society he presides over, which is throughout the world for as long as the Next Level allows him to do so.
It is translated as “crown” in Rev 13:1 but is from the Greek, diadema and refers to what is worn on the heads of the 10 horns of the BEAST that is sat upon by the “woman” America (whose power comes from the Dragon Lucifer), that “great city,” once called Babylon but now as the United States of America.
The other translation to “crown” is from the Greek, “stephanos” which is used in a number of verses to indicate those who had conquered the human world that had to do with their washing their robes and giving their lives in service to their Older Member from the Next Level.
3) Coming out of a halo or aureole around her head/crown are 7 rays of light which were said to represent the Sun and the 7 Seas and the 7 Continents. Rev 17:7 (and other places) describes the BEAST as having “7 heads” that “carry” this “woman” – the U.S. which I believe are primarily the G7 nations. These 7 heads are later on, in Rev 17:9 described as being “seven mountains” the woman sits upon. The Woman as America, having one of it’s heads as NYC is where the United Nations is primarily headquartered since it’s inception in 1945 the the seven mountains not only represent the 7 continents and 7 races of humans but also the 7 original kingdoms that had a global reach, namely; England, France, Italy, Spain, Germany, the Dutch from Holland and finally the U.S.
4) She wears a Stola, a long linen gown like a toga that Roman women wore that showed their marital status and wealth in how many layers it had. For royalty it was often made of silk.
Those that graduate into the Next Level are awarded with a new physical vehicle that is described in prophecy as “fine linen” also worn by royalty as opposed to the commoners who wore other less expensive fabrics to include burlap (sackcloth). The Two Witnesses came wearing “sackcloth” (burlap bags used to transport grains and beans that the poor used for clothing thereafter as it was free, which suggested these TWO would be commoners as TI and DO were, not being related directly to the various royal family blood lines whose ancestors largely became the presidents and corporate moguls.
5) The designer wrote July 4, 1776 on that tablet that was in the statue’s left hand that was done in Roman Numerals “JULY IV MDCCLXXVI.” The tablet was shaped like a keystone to evoke the concept of law, thus a facsimile to the Ten Commandments. The dollar bill also has Roman Numerals on it and stone mason’s third eye inside a pyramid. The base of the Statue was built as the base of a pyramid so it was 62 feet square on the bottom and 39.4 feet square on the top.
– Links to other prophecies:
1) She is holding a torch in one hand extended way above her head – This was to represent progress and shedding “enlightenment” throughout the world. TI and DO said the Next Level set up the U.S. to be the location for their return so they drew people to migrate there so America did become a beacon of light to the rest of the world, especially when TI and DO started to tag the human vehicles they were to take in then 1920’s that in Do’s case must have meant they tagged his vehicle’s mother then. I recall TI and DO said they took human vehicles that were sickly and would have died had they not taken them. I thought Do’s vehicle’s birth year was 1931 and TI’s 1927, but perhaps I got that wrong somehow.
2) On each side of the statue’s base as a door. Above each of the 4 doors were locations for 10 disks that were supposed to be for the coats of arms from each of the then 38 states. It was dedicated on 10/28/1896
3) It’s just interesting the statue’s “skin” is made from copper that turned “green” and that the plagues to befall the U.S. were to come during one “sitting” (day/time) and there were to be only 4 sittings, referring to the Rev 6 White, Red, Black/Deep Blue (Jacinth), Green horses being Do (Older Member from the Next Level Soul) on the white/light (made pure through overcoming Lucifier, his assigned Advasary (Satan)), (Applewhite named horse/vehicle) as the First sitting, G.W. Bush as the red horse sat upon by a Luciferian space alien Soul as the second sitting, Barack Obama as the Black/Deep Blue, Jacinth horse sat upon by a Luciferian space alien Soul and whoever becomes the Green (pale) horse sat on by a Luciferian space alien Soul as the LAST and fourth sitting – during which come the main Judgment hour (40 year period), within which is the “time of great trouble” (trials and tribulations for all) and the “winepress” containing the “full wrath of God” (as until this time it’s only been sporadic wrath of God).
The “GREEN HORSE” prophecy doesn’t seem to be fulfilled in exactly the color coded ways of the previous three horseman of the apocolypse unless Trump is considered to be green as in “space alien green” in the way he is president at the time when the space aliens are most doing their own harvesting of souls away from their capacity to become Next Level Members. This is alongside the “green” agenda, today one of several fronts of the New World Order and thus “global government,” seemingly being coincidentally the “save the planet” agenda, except their real thinking is to save the planet from the space alien threat they are unknowingly controlled by. It was quite clever and went hand in hand with taking over the U.S. government completely starting with the 2000 election. The powerful in the U.S. I don’t believe are united in this so it includes dealing with dissidents and damage control and continuing a dis/mis-information campaign that moreorless causes confusion while people take their stand for what they believe, regardless of how it is based on reality of the BEASTS and of course Luciferian space alien lies and deceit. I know Trump has said something to the affect of “global warming being a hoax started by the Chinese” and that he wasn’t going to support the most recent Paris accords. But that’s not going to stop people all over the U.S. and world from jumping on that bandwagon. In fact it energizes them.
So the “global warming” people, even taught in the universities gives the youth something to hope for to stand for their ideals, but any who are really paying attention will soon see that the most effective way to save an island nation from sea rise is to find them a new place to migrate to. The only way to effectively combat disease from the lack of clean drinking water is by providing ways to have clean drinking water not by making vaccinations for every strain of viral infection that comes about as a result of use of dirty drinking water, which is the Bill Gates Foundation’s big push. I don’t think the largely northern globalists give a hoot for the small island nations who will theoretically be underwater because of glacial melt. That seems to be in prophecy to occur but not because of ice melt but in one case in Rev 6:14 related to the exit of the spacecraft called “heaven” and the other when all is “done” during the seventh vial pouring out in Rev 16:20, from an earthquake that divides Babylon (USA) into three parts which I suspect is a predecessor to the event shown in Rev 18:21 being evaluated right here.
So some call me a “climate denier” when I never deny we have a climate and evidences trending to warming but being essentially caused by humans is what I don’t go along with and the evidence of it not being caused by humans is obvious unless one thrives upon and trusts certain data and charts and measurements and theories of how humans stimulates greater warming, when there are just as many reasons to see, equally scientific to suggest it’s not significantly human developed. So humans add to it. Humans have always added to it. And they no doubt add to it more now but even if I were wrong and it’s all in the hands of humans, I guarantee they won’t fix it. It’s a boondoggle in government when you have a program that does nothing measurable to fix a problem yet you have convinced the populous it’s needed. It’s like the war in Iraq that still goes on 14 years later that is now part of the budget to manage.
But back to the verse from the gospel of Mark, it’s interesting to think about how Jesus uses that illustration of attaching a millstone to someones neck and being cast into the sea as better than what will happen to those that offend (cause to stumble) one of these Next Level students (little ones). The later will undergo an indefinite self generated torment in the “lake of fire.” That torment will not be in the physical sense but there could be a real good reason to allow those souls who because so against the Next Level to remain indefinitely in such a state, perhaps still having programs running that desire things but having no way to quench those desires. On the other hand the others that have the millstone put on their neck, on the physical level die once but can also illustrate how some are allowed to survive a recycling period (like a flood perhaps) by being anchored (against their will) to the ocean floor.
On July 4, 2016 I came upon a report of someone who had been examining Google Earth, the telescope satellites trained on earth linked to google.com, where he saw what looked like a pyramid shaped object that was illuminated on the ocean floor in the Pacific ocean off the coast of Mexico. I have to wonder if the Next Level had a way to force some of the space aliens to the bottom of the sea where they could survive for a time – survive the Noah flood for example which is indicated as “creature….in the sea” in addition to those “under the earth,” possibly referring to some who might have a facility under the Antarctic continent that was evidenced by Hitlers intelligence chiefs statements and the Admiral Byrd reports of both the North Pole and the battle in Antartica:
Rev 5:13 And every creature which is in heaven, and on the earth, and under the earth, and such as are in the sea, and all that are in them, heard I saying, Blessing, and honour, and glory, and power, be unto him that sitteth upon the throne, and unto the Lamb for ever and ever.
Rev 18:22 And the voice of harpers, and musicians, and of pipers, and trumpeters, shall be heard no more at all in thee; and no craftsman, of whatsoever craft he be, shall be found any more in thee; and the sound of a millstone shall be heard no more at all in thee;
Rev 18:23 And the light of a candle shall shine no more at all in thee; and the voice of the bridegroom and of the bride shall be heard no more at all in thee: for thy merchants were the great men of the earth; for by thy sorceries were all nations deceived.
This verse sounds like a reference to Rev 16:10, just described, as the Vial that is poured out on the BEAST’s Kingdom onto the SEAT of the BEAST that brings about “darkness” – “a candle shall shine no more at all in thee”) and subsequent anguish (pain) because of which is directly the affect described in what comes after the opening of the bottomless pit as described in:
Rev 9:2 And he opened the bottomless pit; and there arose a smoke out of the pit, as the smoke of a great furnace; and the sun and the air were darkened by reason of the smoke of the pit.
And this also relates back to the timeline in the sixth seal opening:
Rev 6:12 And I beheld when he had opened the sixth seal, and, lo, there was a great earthquake; and the sun became black as sackcloth of hair, and the moon became as blood;
Rev 18:24 And in her was found the blood of prophets, and of saints, and of all that were slain upon the earth.
America is thrown down, is judged and it’s population is related to the Souls and genetic spirits/minds past who were influenced by the Luciferian space alien souls to repeatedly spill the blood of those the Next Level sent to them which is a reference to when the Kingdom of God and spacecraft “heaven” was docked over/upon the area of the middle east known as Judea and the physical city Jerusalem and it’s Babylonian heritage most made manifest at that time through the Empire in Rome but who these same spirits/souls were drawn by the Next Level to influence human vehicles in the New Jerusalem and new Babylon and equivalent to a new Roman Empire as the U.S.A.
So no entertainment, no craftsmen and no industry (sound of a millstone) will be heard in her. It looks like the electric grid is down and with it perhaps the internet is incapacitated as that is the primary way the voice of Do (the Bridegroom) and Crew can be heard up until this time. However, though this is the end of the U.S. as it was known before this 40 or so years, the BEAST, as the global, now largely underground secret government still exists and are still mounting their war against the Next Level whom they think of as the bad space aliens shown in:
Sixth Vial is poured out which would seem to include the Opening of the Temple in Heaven and appearance of the ARK – Spacecraft Armada for every eye to see, thus no need for NASA space telescopes, etc.:
Rev 16:12 And the sixth angel poured out his vial upon the great river Euphrates; and the water thereof was dried up, that the way of the kings of the east might be prepared.
Rev 16:13 And I saw three unclean spirits like frogs come out of the mouth of the dragon, and out of the mouth of the beast, and out of the mouth of the false prophet.
The Dragon represents Lucifer, but includes his other fallen angel souls who speak through whoever will provide them with influence over the humans who are most in line to comprehend the truth as provided by the Next Level REPS TI and DO and all their supporting records of the real Jesus and Moses, etc. The Beast are the humans and the human equivalent vehicles, they use who become brainwashed with their misinformation mind/spirit that includes the One World “secret” government. The False Prophets are all who promote religion and spirituality over the reality of the Next Level TI and DO provided and that seems to be summed up most by the Vatican City/State comprised of the “Holy” See with it’s figurehead at this time as Pope Francis who is making a big effort to morph Catholics and Christianity into a One World Religion.
Rev 16:14 For they are the spirits of devils, working miracles ((signs, marks, token, portent, unusual occurrence, portending remarkable events)), which go forth unto the kings of the earth and of the whole world, to gather them to the battle of that great day of God Almighty.
Each of these three have their own forms of “remarkable events” that look to humans as miracle and signs, being most unusual, but they won’t be the ones seen in deep outer space as the Luciferian space aliens can’t go into space unless they can get humans to build spacecrafts to do so, which is part of their agenda to try to escape their earthly prison as Do indicated they have rumors circulating among them that they will be locked up again.
I would say the signs of the Luciferian space aliens would be mostly UFO sightings, holograms, Do indicated like Fatima long ago, contactees like Icke, Collier, Rael, etc., Channelers and Spiritual teachers and technologies while the BEAST’s signs are technological – space travel, lasers, GPS, computerization and pharmacological developments, Genetic engineering, Particle experiments like in CERN, etc., Nuclear driven engines and such, etc. making artificial smart limbs, or organs even grown genetically and even made to be “printed out” of a machine, for example.
The False Prophet’s miracles and signs are in the appearance of getting right with God, mostly in talk about peace and love in the brotherhood of man, faith healing and so forth that becomes equivalent to a drug in the way religiosity and spirituality “soothes” the heart and mind when otherwise reality can be overbearing to deal with. They replace the relationship many could have with their real Heavenly Father with a devotion to the church and community, the poor, the sick, humanitarianism and/or environmentalism, all “good” but without the motivation of trying to please the Next Level Older Members can become a huge show of allegiance to what Jesus called “mammon” – wealth in all it’s human forms. In other words as Jesus taught: “have peace with one another” but approach that which influences you from giving yourself totally to your Heaven’s Fathers service with “fire” – anger as in a war to eliminate from your body and mind.
(See Mark 9:23-49 for context)
Mar 9:50 Salt is good: but if the salt have lost his saltness, wherewith will ye season it? Have salt in yourselves, and have peace one with another.
Rev 16:15 Behold, I come as a thief. Blessed is he that watcheth, and keepeth his garments, lest he walk naked, and they see his shame.
Rev 16:16 And he gathered them together into a place called in the Hebrew tongue Armageddon ((Ar= city or hill + Megiddo – a valley in Palestine that was the scene of several major battles)).
This same time period was first announced via the 6th angel’s trumpet sounding that is interpreted in section “III.C.6. SIXTH TRUMPET/SECOND WOE”
Rev 9:14 Saying to the sixth angel which had the trumpet, Loose the four angels which are bound in the great river Euphrates.
Rev 9:15 And the four angels were loosed, which were prepared for an hour, and a day, and a month, and a year, for to slay the third part of men.
A battle/war is described in Rev 9:16-21 where the BEAST, shown in part by being described as HORSES (MAMMALS) are killing a third of humans.
Rev 9:20 And the rest of the men which were not killed by these plagues yet repented not of the works of their hands, that they should not worship devils, and idols of gold, and silver, and brass, and stone, and of wood: which neither can see, nor hear, nor walk:
Rev 9:21 Neither repented they of their murders, nor of their sorceries, nor of their fornication, nor of their thefts.
At this point these are humans doing the killing of one another as horses are humans who are “sat upon” by Souls and Spirits and by other humans and space aliens, but it’s because of the Next Level pouring out of the “vial” (medicine) that the humans can’t help but act out what they have become, what they believe is right and just and necessary, even justifying killing the vehicles of those working for TI and DO, while thinking they are acting on “God’s” behalf, except for one major discrepancy that it’s not the real “God” of the Earth they are in service to.
Fire to the Next Level has to do with heat even as a pressure as in the expression of passions whether towards unbridled sexuality or through anger and hatreds, vengeance and competition in whatever form that takes according to each individual. If someone is prone to violence then that’s how they seek to make their mark or feel they are making a difference or just enacting what they think needs to happen or is just to happen. As with all prophecy literal fires are also stimulated in terms of waring. Smoke has more to do with those who are acting on the sly – hiding their true agenda and how that becomes another type of poison to those that don’t really know what’s happening as it can easily take the form of influencing humans to give their allegiance to anyone but the One True Kingdom of God, even though they may use that terminology to describe who they are giving their allegiance to. One is not giving allegiance to the true Kingdom of God unless they are refusing to participate or justify any of the behaviors and ways the Kingdom of God has made very clear are their commandments for humans to adhere to, to meet the favor of the Next Level. I think the volcanic activity will have produced a great deal of smoke damage.
Brimstone or also called “sulfur” is most directly associated with “hell” and those in it – the Luciferian Space Alien “souls” who have chose to go against the Next Level repeatedly. And of course many are killed because of volcanic eruptions that shoot radioactive stones that can be large and small and can travel in the wind for even thousands of miles.
IV.F.2. THE GATHERING AT ARMAGEDDON – SEEMS TO DEPICT TWO AREAS; THE MISSISSIPPI RIVER IN THE FOURTH PART OF THE WORLD (USA) AND THE EUPHRATES RIVER IN THE THIRD PART OF THE WORLD (MIDDLE EAST) RELATIVE TO THE GATHERING OF THOSE FOR AND AGAINST THE KINGDOM OF GOD STUDENT BODY FOR THE “GREAT DAY OF GOD ALMIGHTY” THAT TAKES PLACE WHEN DESCRIBED IN REV 16:12-16 AND THEN AGAIN AFTER THE 1000 YEARS WHEN THE LUCIFERIAN SPACE ALIENS ARE LOCKED UP UNDERGROUND AGAIN
Both of these sections of verses locate the events depicted to the Euphrates River. Since we have seen how most all, if not all prophecy has physical and mental (pertaining to spirit/mind growth towards Next Level Membership) manifestations and are to be DOUBLED in their application, I will start with what I believe is the secondary application in regard to the events in the Middle East. There are many prophecies from Isaiah and Jeremiah and others that talk about how these lands will be dried up. It’s already happening and of course it’s called GLOBAL WARMING and humans and space aliens are trying to tie it into human activity instead of giving the recognition to who is behind these plagues/calamities as the Kingdom of God – Level Above Human. In examining many Christian commentaries on this vial/trumpet prophecy, it’s apparent that the Euphrates is one of the four in Genesis where the “Garden of Eden” was first staged as a testing environment for the further development of those souls who were coming up from the human kingdom to become Members of the Next Level. The river separated peoples and kept them apart so was seen as a boundary. The Kings from the east or equally said as from the “rising sun” were thought by some to be Persia, India and/or China or as the depiction of “children of God” being given passage out of bondage via the opening of the river boundary kin to Moses taking his encampment out of the bondage imposed by the Egyptians. Although these are some good ideas they don’t take into account the vast amount of evidence provided by the arrival of TI and DO as the incarnate stage return of the Father and Jesus and their crew of saints.
Bringing TI and DO into the understanding of what these prophecies could mean provides yet other key pieces to the solving of the entire Revelations prophecy most accurate interpretation/translation. Note the Euphrates is called the “great river” in Rev 16:12 and Rev 9:14 and this is the meaning of the word, “Mississippi” from the French “Messipi” a rendering of the Anishinaabe (Ojibwe or Algonquin) name for the river, “Misi-ziibi,” meaning “Great or Big River.” and many nicknames: Body of a Nation, El Grande, El Grande de Soto, the Mighty Mississippi, the Muddy Mississippi, Old Man River and two of particular interest; “the Father of Waters,” “the Gathering of Waters,” where we know that “waters” in Revelations often refer to a multitude of people, the mass of humanity.
We know TI and DO said many times that whenever they would travel east of the Mississippi River they would feel out of touch with their Next Level connection. They still ventured east at times by themselves and with the classroom but it was always very short-lived. I’ve already described some of that in previous sections. And then there was the many connections with Samuel Clemens writing as Mark Twain, who was a Mississippi Riverboat captain and the captains deck on a riverboat was actually referred to as the “Texas” deck, I believed spelt Tejas from it’s Spanish origin. As I’ve also described a great deal an Archangel was actually a “captain of angels” and the archangel Michael was also a “Christ” – an anointed one, one who had overcome the human condition and came incarnate starting in the vehicle named Adam, when he failed but recovered and overcame to take over the vehicle named Enoch – 7th from Adam, to be taken into the Next Level without dying, showing as TI said that you don’t have to die to get to the Next Level. One just has to catch the eye of an Older Member from the Next Level and do their best to apply all the lessons given and to satisfy and please that Older Member, which that same individual then demonstrated via the incarnation named, Moses and Elijah and Jesus (according to TI) and finally in the new name (as prophesied) as “Do” that actually graduated Him to the Throne his Father (TI/Father/Jehovah) occupied before then (that He came incarnate in a female vehicle to coach/birth him through as it describes in Rev chapter 12).
It seems clear that TI and DO through their task of fulfilling the prophecy of the Two Witnesses had as their schoolroom the part of the U.S. west of the Mississippi River extended to the Pacific ocean and that is described as the “temple” area in Rev 11:1 where the altar area, tailored off the design of the Tabernacle and Altar in the Moses encampment, was the southwest part of that “temple” area, from Texas to Southern California where the Next Level intentionally crashed some of their more primitive spacecrafts that included for some discarding/sacrificing the physical bodies they had before coming, bodies they were possibly awarded by graduating while serving on Jesus’ student crew, but which were not yet adult Next Level vehicles. Do said they still needed to overcome more areas of their remaining humanness, which they did at the time of their exit in 1997 with the timing of the Hale Bopp Comet’s perihelion, that probably had a spacecraft in it’s tail headed by TI to pick them up, as they ascended out of their human vehicles, for the invisible “spirit/mind birth” Jesus described they would experience by overcoming the new human vehicles (flesh birth) they would take over.
However, in Rev 11:2 the “court” is left out for it is given to the Gentiles (Greek ethnos= a multitude from the same genus, the human family, a tribe, nation, people, foreign to the overcoming process which is where they were seen as non-Jews, though remember Jesus said he was giving the Kingdom of God to a new ethnicity because the Jewish leadership had repeatedly failed by killing all the Next Level members (Old Testament Prophets) sent to their area and their kind. Thus, I suspect the “court” is primarily the part of the U.S. that is east of the Mississippi River. Now that’s not to say these divisions are absolute. When TI and DO had us do public meeting in 1975-6 and 1994 we held meetings all over the U.S. though most were west of the Mississippi river where the attendance was by far better. And TI and DO were thorough in even being sure to send their information to a number of areas of the world outside the U.S. to include Canada, England, Scotland and Australia and of course via the internet to anywhere and everywhere as they always sought to be thorough according to what they felt were their instructions from their Older Members. At this time in particular, someone could be from anyplace on the planet when they hear/read the information from TI and DO.
So if the Mississippi river is the counterpart of the Euphrates, it too will be drying up at this time during the 6th Seal with the fulfillments of the 6th Trumpet announcement for this time that includes the 6th pouring out of the cup or vial (of medicine) on the U.S. that takes the shape of “burning up” the U.S. “temple” and “courtyard” areas of the U.S. and E.U./Middle East, with forest fires, volcanic eruptions, ash clouds and violent overflowing unrestrained passions – virtual war zones in the streets, etc. as people can’t help but be what they have become having sided with the BEAST and/or it’s IMAGE having accepted their MARKS, Number or Name, whether consciously or not, while those who remain as dissidents are subject to persecution and living outside the show of loyalty to the BEASTS systems that will put them in better stead with the Next Level. A number of mass killers in the last 15 years or so have said in so many words that they were performing a “necessary evil” which shows the way evil is self devouring of itself (though a growth acceleration catalyst for those who stand against it).
Thus the “kings of the east – the sun’s rise” (those who RISE (STAND) for the “Son”) – the direction from which Jesus indicated he and his Next Level crew come from – “as a star light (even comet) shining from the east to the west” as his SIGN, would be those who had by this time given themselves in service to TI and DO, standing in defense of them and accepting the consequences that could result in the death of their vehicle as those in allegiance to the IMAGE of the BEAST would see these as blasphemous and would feel their God would want them to wipe them out so they can’t influence others, just as was the case with Jesus and his disciples and those that became new disciples of the real Jesus teachings thereafter.
This can even be seen in a practical way, as by this time the U.S. may have become totally anarchistic because those who were most in bed with the BEAST would have by this time fled into their underground facilities, while leaving their security forces to still try to keep people from raiding still existing stores of food, etc. There may be very limited electricity and gasoline may be very scarce. Those that had been standing for TI and DO on the internet largely before this time, having understood about this time coming, may be living in camps and/or on the street wherever they can having left all behind as they would not find many who thought the way they do. If the task of a TI and DO student is to “stand in defense of TI and DO” and the only way they can do that is to travel town to town looking for “lost sheep” to share the truth with then I would say they would be “on foot under the holy city” as it says in Rev 11:2, which appears to be for a 42 month period.
This would also seem to be after the Rev 18:21 “like a great millstone cast into the sea” event(s) that seems to take down the grid, except for those associated with the BEAST the security forces and corporate providers of goods to those. So I doubt the dissidents would be traveling the highways and bridges, plus we don’t know how many of those systems would have collapsed by then anyway.
So to have the Mississippi River dried up would mean they could walk across it to make their way to the “encampment or camp of the saints” that I will address in a bit, but for now it seems to me would be the area around and to include the “40 acre boy scout camp” that Do and Crew bought near the town of Manzano, New Mexico where they started building what they called their, Earthship designed building as a “Monastery Fortress” that was to include, a bakery, a pharmacy (that is hard to understand unless it was to be a more naturalist/herbal pharmacy or of some equivalent, as I can’t imagine a typical drug pharmacy), AND A LOOKOUT TOWER amidst a nutri-lab (kitchen), mess hall and showers, where they had separate bunk houses. (When the bought this old Boy Scout CAMP it had a “large metal building,” “three bunk houses,” “a baseball diamond” and “drinkable well water” and lots of pine trees).
TI and DO were not against using pharmaceuticals but did so very sparingly as needed. For instance, when we had a bad cold rather that have a runny nose to pollute others by, we were sometimes given an antihistamine to dry up the mucus. And for some who had headaches they had a variety of off the shelf products, though all were dispensed through channels unless someone had their own prescription. When we had any kind of surgery – for me, dental, I took the antibiotics prescribed and pain killers as needed. Do had hernia surgery in 1985 (after TI left) but I don’t know what medications he took for that. But Brnody who had osteoarthritis to the point that she could not walk without a walker and then was in a wheel chair took Progesterone and tried other formulations still while TI was incarnate to help with her issues. TI and DO did feel it was her lesson to experience as she hated being dependent and had a strong minded “control” influence that was her biggest booger to overcome.
However even before TI left we experimented with diets for health and had a “dispensary” where we put together a variety of ingredients as supplements, mostly during the time when we were experimenting with a liquid diet called “pink drinks.” We would add Wheat Germ and bran and lecithin powder and other things to the protein drink formula we bought. TI had us follow a modification of the Dr. Pritikin routine for a short time.
Then after TI left, Do had us experiment with many diets to cleanse the body of toxins and try to maintain maximum use of our body for the remaining time of our task that included fasting on juices, fruit diet, uncooked veggie diet, organic veggies, green drinks we made from sprouts we grew ourselves – buckwheat and sunflower and wheatgrass juice and herbal teas, homeopathic remedies, vitamins, mineral supplements, liver and kidney cleanse. TI and DO had me go for Colonic Irritations a number of times because I had this vertigo condition stimulated by the Pink Drinks. One can see what came of all this in the book the “Transfiguration Diet” the group published and eventually sold to Dr. Christopher’s son. It’s based on a mucousless diet system. It takes from all who were studied during those years in the late 1980’s and early 1990’s. So if there was to be a “pharmacy” – what I had read was quoting the group during their description of their earthship, I picture more of a natural foods way of treating disease.
So what I am suggesting is that this area might be the most likely location TI and DO might have their believers go to, when there is no Standing left to do because the internet medium becomes non-existent and people have no other facility to reach potential lost sheep.
It is after this time, during the 7th (last) vial pouring that “it is done,” followed by the largest earthquake ever on the planet and the division of the U.S. into three parts followed by a storm of 90 pound hailstones, when the BEAST and the FALSE Prophet are dissolved in the Lake of Fire and many, even most humans are killed. But the Next Level may choose to spare some to use to start the new civilization from, which Jesus perhaps alluded to as:
Mat 5:5 Blessed are the meek: for they shall inherit the earth.
Knowing how the Next Level does pay attention to terminology and how humans can pick up on their thoughts, ideas, concepts, behaviors, ways and even certain plans perhaps, when they are in the Earth’s atmosphere, even before, during and after their incarnate presence, one could wonder if the human that came up with the term “earthship” was doing just that, or it could also be that a Next Level crew directly suggested such a way of describing that building method so they could choose that method and then could seem to relate to other of their prophecy. I forget what author first published a description of the earth as a spaceship, but it’s not a human idea. It’s from the Next Level though the avenue could have been through the Luciferian Space Aliens or like said by a human picking up on the thought, TI and DO described as being “deposited” on earth when they first prepared it to be their “garden” experiment and thereafter by each closeness of Older Members and Crew – especially when incarnate.
Wouldn’t those who come to give themselves wholly to TI and DO’s service or those who had separated from their humanness be among those who the Next Level may want to “save,” even from total physical destruction, sort of in line with what happened in Noah’s arc. The Next Level found a way to save that family and they could do it again and these would in fact be “inheriting the earth,” even the very land Do and Crew began to settle onto that they described as their “Launch pad” or “Monastery Fortress.”
Here is another indication that some flesh is spared the recycling:
Isa 66:22 For as the new heavens and the new earth, which I will make, shall remain before me, saith the LORD, so shall your seed and your name remain.
Even referring to it as a fortress has links to a contextual prophecy:
Rev 20:9 And they went up on the breadth of the earth, and compassed the camp of the saints about, and the beloved city: and fire came down from God out of heaven, and devoured them.
It’s the Luciferian space aliens that had been before this time locked up again in the pit for a thousand years who are released “on the breadth of the earth” and who surround camp of the Saints, that by this time may have become a “beloved city” to the Next Level because of stemming from those they chose to allow to survive the recycling. A city is speaking of it’s occupants in a specific area and some of them may have among them Next Level graduates or more likely some who were still needing more overcoming, among them in their own student model vehicles or in human vehicles they took, sort of the way the Old Testament Prophets seemed to be Next Level students operating through or influencing human vehicles, which is why Adam and Ezekiel and Daniel were referred to by the Lord as “son of man” at times. Referring to them as the “camp of the saints” reflects how the Next Level students are always Bedouin – in transit, living in tents. Even when TI and DO’s students lived in houses, it was never in the same location for more than 6 months I would recall, though we might have changed houses a number of times in the same city. It’s not a Next Level way to set down roots in the human kingdom in any way, shape or form, though that applies more so in the last trimesters, though even still pertaining to the Moses encampment after Moses and Aaron had exited when they did set down some roots it was not very long before they were uprooted. Even hundreds of years in that context is a matter of hours in a Next Level time reference.
And as said their property near Manzano had been a boy scout CAMP. The Next Level sets up these prophecies and then also sets up their fulfillments for us to have the choice to see them or not. I could be wrong in this projection but I am “taking a chance on a positive” to disclose these possibilities and even likelihood. Even if I am wrong and the Next Level had no plan to stimulate a gathering of their believers in this end of the end time, should it come about because I’m suggesting it, the Next Level could choose to use it. Also if I am on the mark with this idea, then one can be sure the Next Level is not only relying on me to disclose it. They can go to any of their believers and visit them with a dream that suggests something similar and I’m not limiting this to that one area near Manzano, though Do did suggest that any who felt to exit the way they did in 1997 go to the southwest and scream to the Next Level to see if it’s right for them to do and have the courage to act.
But there is further evidence of a gathering of believers. Notice in:
Rev 16:14 For they are the spirits of devils, working miracles, which go forth unto the kings of the earth and of the whole world, to gather them to the battle of that great day of God Almighty.
This “gathering” to the battle is what is starting at about this time during this sixth seal time and it’s the humans the Next Level is gathering.
Rev 16:15 Behold, I come as a thief. Blessed is he that watcheth ((keep awake, be vigilent)), and keepeth ((guard, fig. to keep unmarried)) his garments ((clothes, raiment, robe, vesture)), lest ((in order that not)) (he) walk ((be occupied with)) naked ((nudity)), and (they) see ((look at)) his ((self)) shame ((indecently)).
Again his arrival will be at a time when one doesn’t expect and in a way that is undercover, yet not incarnate this for this LAST harvest time.
Then the verse shifts focus to those who are in his fold while referring to his return which we know is not incarnate this time and refers to those he is compelling to “watch” – keep awake, be vigilant, guard their vehicles (physical body (garment)), in other words wear “amour” against the influences that would compromise their behaviors and ways according to what Jesus and now TI and DO taught and required of their students to remain in their “classroom” – that could even include dressing modestly to not stimulate their own or others (see/express) sensual/sexual thoughts and feelings that are unseemly to someone who wants to please their Older Member and give themselves physically and mentally to their Older Member to literally become “His” bride.
Even on the literal human clothing level, in TI and DO’s classroom, males and females would wear shirts that buttoned up high near the neck and all clothing was loose fitting and shirts were worn outside of pants so to mask the shape of the body and cover skin. There were no dresses or skirts for females and we always wore underwear and females always wore a “slingshot” (bra), except to sleep it was optional, and we changed into pj’s and had robes to put over the pj’s when we would need to use the “bathchamber” during the night. There never was any nudity in the classroom except in private when bathing or changing clothing and that was done in total privacy. However, this was when we lived in “crafts” (houses) though the ideas are what’s important to apply whenever possible. TI and DO were also concerned with blending in some when seen in public but that was to not raise suspicions among neighbors or employers so we could continue our task without interference. Yet it was always a balance that TI and DO would help us keep. For instance there were times when a student who had a job in the world that specified needing to wear a skirt or suit and tie would do so as an exception but that might also prompt them to have us look for a job that didn’t have such requirements on any regular basis. (The suit didn’t seem to matter – it was the skirt that I believe came into question).
Then as if to still be referring to these who are his believers:
Rev 16:16 And he gathered ((lead to collect/convene, assemble)) them together ((lead to collect/convene, assemble)) into ((among)) a place ((5117 topos= spot (general in space, but limited by occupancy), X plain, quarter, + rock, fig. condition, opportunity, specially, a scabbard)) called ((bid, called forth, (whose, whose sur-)name (was called))) in the Hebrew tongue Armageddon ((Ar Har= loom up, as in a mount, mountain (from) “a place of crowds,” (a great multitude), a plain, valley (between Mount Carmel (north of Los Angeles, California?) and Nazareth (Spur, Texas?).
These verses thus show a gathering or two gatherings that include two groups of people he refers to some as sheep and some others as goats:
Mat 25:31 When the Son of man shall come in his glory, and all the holy angels with him, then shall he sit upon the throne of his glory:
Mat 25:32 And before him shall be gathered all nations: and he shall separate them one from another, as a shepherd divideth his sheep from the goats:
Mat 25:33 And he shall set the sheep on his right hand, but the goats on the left.
In the rest of Matthew chapter 25 Jesus outlines a distinguishing of who is a sheep and who is a goat. The sheep helped people, strangers, sick, those in prison, gave them food and drink while the goats did not as the criteria in this LAST HARVEST WAVE that would seem to apply to those most who never heard of TI and DO, for the Next Level to save their spirits or souls by.
Since he says to watch for his coming it does seem it is from this point onward that he could show up with his Armada as the most apparent show of His Next Level kingdom’s reality and thus in full “glory” (brilliance of light).
So I would say that the events of the start of the Sixth Seal that includes not only seeing the Temple opening that sends the Kings of the earth and all those in allegiance with them to hide underground (from the Face of the Throne and Lambs Wrath) is about to reach it’s conclusion ahead of the 1000 years by the appearance of TI and DO’s “ark” – the spacecraft Holy City, New Jerusalem (as opposed to the earthling city/vicinity newly named new “Jerusalem” (city of God’s angels – Los Angeles, CA). This “ark” has been hinted at existing since John’s Revelations but especially during the 20th century and even more so since TI and DO and Crew have exited their incarnations in 1997, not only with talk but as of at least 2013 with space telescope photography I’ve seen noted in one regular YouTube.com broadcaster’s description of what he called Hercolubus that looked like a giant duck shaped body, which is interesting that several comets also seem to have that shape. Talk of Nirabu is in the mix with continued space photography and calculations of orbital changes that seem to point to a sizable unseen object(s) as the cause.
The latest report I’ve seen in July of 2016 while Saturn and it’s NASA probe are getting more press, was a video from a space telescope trained on Saturn’s outer rings that showed an “hourglass” shaped massively large object that was moving while not in any kind of orbit. Again that’s a curiosity in the way a hourglass shape can also look like that silly depiction of comets as having a duck body shape that is not unlike an hourglass.
In what seems to be another of many amazing potential revealings; I had been asking TI and DO for help to understand Saturn’s role, because of how TI and DO had Ollody the classrooms primary artistic painter draw and airbrush Saturn with it’s rings that is shown on the Heavensgate.com website. I sought the definition of Rev 20:3’s use of the English word “season” as how long the Luciferian space aliens would be “loosed” for, said as for a “little season” after the 1000 years they were locked up which is after all is “done” as far as Next Level voices, etc. and learned it was from the Greek word, Chronos translated mostly in the New Testament to “time.”
Well, Chronos is related to Kronos which is related to Zeus in Greek mythology who is “Father Time,” though there is all sorts of debate on whether these are speaking of the same individuals and if they are the mythology seems to be based on a previous civilizational experiment because throughout the stories there are Beings depicted having animal bottoms and legs with human or serpent, (even many) heads and most often having wings to even depict Kronos/Chronos – Saturn/Zeus.
I’m certain there was as much confusion in the origin to those stories as we see in today’s science fiction, though it is all from a factual basis in how the Next Level maintains Their “garden” to grow Souls upon and supply the ones who fell away like Ophioeus by battling for earth with Zeus (aka Zas) and Chronos – who work together and are immortal unlike other “god” depictions. In this brief study, I came upon a painting by Ernst Panofsky entitled, “Father Time” that among other depictions placed an hourglass on top his head. Thus to me this was a type of answer that even went with David Icke’s talk that Saturn was a giant frequency transmitter that was nothing new to me to think about because of what TI had said about all the planets, but given only Pluto and Saturn were really depicted as having a particular focus in the paintings that were first designed to be in their first movie script attempt I would say that Saturn is the great timer.
Thus it’s all during this sixth seal time that because of the availability of seeing these objects, perhaps even without NASA as that is often another way of discounting their existence, though that’s fine as those may not have any Next Level mind in them anyway if they can discount things so easily, that both the “sheep and the goats” will be gathering. It seems clear this is not the same gathering as is depicted in Rev 20:8 that indicates is after the 1000 years when the Luciferian space aliens are once again locked in some underground location(s), though I suspect that location may well be the same location started around the time of this 6th vial’s pouring out during the Sixth Seal time period.
Do wrote about Armageddon as the entire battle for Souls between the Next Level and the Luciferian Space Alien fallen angels. It was set up this way so each human Soul could choose what they wanted to become fairly.
As most all prophecy seems to have layers of truth and especially applicable to something more physical. For instance when breaking up the word, Armageddon we get, Ar = “tower and/or city and/or hill” at Megiddo, a valley in Palestine but in this context seems to most apply to the new “temple” area in the southwestern U.S. where all this has been happening primarily, that is in terms of the believers in TI and DO who are gathered. Note how part of the design that was quoted in the article I read from the people who related to Do and some in the crew who had rented office space in Manzano in 1995-6 listed among the design of their “Monastery Fortress” a “LOOKOUT TOWER” which is yet another match for the terms used from the Hebrew and/or Greek translation of Armageddon.
Plus when we as a classroom first moved to Albuquerque, New Mexico where we had a little house downtown and then a bigger house in the northern suburbs – and where Do and his “Helpers,” Lvvody and Jnnody, had a craft during part of that time, Do reflected on how he and TI always felt especially drawn to a “triangular area” that I recall included Mountainaire (just south of Manzano) to I believe Carizozo southeast of Mountainair and then most important to this entire premise, northwest to Magdalena (which is west of Socorro along highway 60). Twenty four miles east of Magdalena along highway 60 is where the “Very Large Array” was built between 1973 and 1980 that consists of 27 25-meter radio telescopes in a Y-shaped array in the Plains of St. Augustine where the UFO Crash known as Roswell actually occurred (and there seems to be evidence of two crashes in that area at that same time near to June 14, 1947 into early July, with the earlier date associated more with Socorro, NM.
Incidentally Do, before he was awakened had served in the signal corp of the Army and was stationed in White Sands Missile Base for part of his service. He was also stationed in Salzburg, Austria and told his students he knew that very spot where Julie Andrews was filmed singing the opening song in the Sound of Music musical.
But Magdalena has it’s name origin from “Lady on the Mountain” which was a rock face some Spanish soldiers noted as the profile of a woman that reminded a priest of a similar peak in Spain called “La Sierra de Maria Magdalena,” so he called this New Mexico mountain face, “La Sierra de Magdalena.” This name originated from Mary Magdalene – close disciple of Jesus in a female vehicle, (of which there were at least 7 using female vehicles at that time). Magdala, the Aramaic means “tower” and “fortress” and by the way is also related to the name Miriam that is Hebrew for “Mary” which means, “rebellion” – from what has become the Luciferian misinformation mind NORM, as those that come out of her (The BEAST) who will have left behind the BEAST’s world dominion to gather in that area of New Mexico making them rebels of the Luciferian run system.
Some Geographic parallels, based in part on the way all plagues/calamities are DOUBLED in their application to the earth’s people:
Based on the location of Megiddo, Israel, in comparison with Magdalena, New Mexico being the TWO areas spoken of as Armageddon, if one drew a line from Mount Carmel, Israel, (north of Jerusalem) (where Elijah called down fire from Heaven on the priests of Baal), to Nazareth, Israel, where Jesus vehicle was born, it has almost an identical appearance to a line drawn from Carmel, California to Spur, Texas where Do’s vehicle was born. And both lines fall just north of the towns of Megiddo, Israel and Magdalena, New Mexico, putting the Valley of Megiddo, east of Megiddo which is the vicinity in the triangle TI and DO felt something significant about that encompassed Magdalena/Socorro, to Manzano/Mountainair – near their earthship “camp” “fortress” with the third part of the triangle near Carizozo, New Mexico. It’s simply interesting to see these relationships, since Jerusalem and Carmel, Israel are on the Mediterranean coast just as Los Angeles and Carmel, California are on the Pacific ocean.
To recap, Rev 20:7-9 says Satan, the Devil, the Dragon, which appears to be speaking about all Lucifer’s associates who also “fell” so are also “adversaries” against the Next Level, are once again locked up underground/undersea on earth for 1000 years is then loosed out of his prison and goes out to deceive the nations in the four quarters of the earth, the people spoken of as Gog (the “prince” of darkness and associates and human descendents in league with him and any hybrid vehicles they engineered) and Magog (primarily the northern regions in the old Jesus and before classroom territories around the Caucasus mountains, east, west and north around the Dead Salt Sea focused today on Turkey where the Euphrates river starts, and in the current Next Level classroom North American region, seemingly all around the Magdalena, Manzano and Mountainair triangle.
Re: the Triangular area formed by three towns in New Mexico: I don’t actually recall the exact triangle of towns TI and DO felt drawn to, except that I know they were in the general vicinity of these three towns listed. The primary clue was Do and Crews establishing their “monastery fortress,” the closest town being Manzano where they also spoke with locals and leased office space for their computer business. That on top of Magdalena, New Mexico’s name etymology and it’s close similarity in meaning and sound to Ar-Mageddon where a “gathering” was portrayed of both the Lower Forces and those who were compelled to .”..watcheth, and keepeth his garments…” in Rev 16:15-16 at the end of the 6th vial being poured out and other evidence of similarities between the Middle East area and this New Mexico area.
But it would appear that it wasn’t from Do’s mind to limit where we might exit from as he said the “west and southwest U.S. was the preference but not necessary. He said this in His “press release” dated 3-22-97 where he also said there was “a “brief window of time” that the gate would be opened to “follow them” and there was nothing said after that to indicate how long “brief” would be. They spoke of time in relationship to the “day (Next Level time frame) to 1000 years (human time frame), thus a hour equals about 40 years human time.
But the descriptions of Magog that are included mostly in Ezekiel chapter 38 when applied to the U.S. seem to indicate the Rocky Mountains being like the Caucasus Mountains “in the North” but between two large bodies of water which would seem to be the Great Salt Lake and the Great Lakes region with the Mississippi river like the Euphrates river as where the forces against the CAMP OF THE SAINTS AND THE BELOVED CITY come from to wage their last battles.
The SAINTS refer FIRST to TI and DO’s graduate Souls, the 38+4 who gave their lives in service to TI and DO, though could include any who also did so after them by “standing in defense of TI and DO” from their exit to date as they are put to the test starting with the “fourth green (harvest) horse.” Thus the “beloved city” would be those gathered as stated in Rev 16:16 in that same area. As a result of their mounting their attack on the camp of the saints and beloved city, the Next Level at this time destroys them by sending fire down from heaven, reminiscent of Elijah calling fire down from heaven to destroy the vehicles of those who were serving a “false god.”
This verse is followed by the Dragon/Devil being forced to join the BEAST and the FALSE Prophet in the LAKE OF FIRE for an everlasting torment, which is the SECOND DEATH – the death of the Soul.
Further examination of this idea that Armageddon will come to be the gathering of the believers in TI and DO focused on the “city Magdalena” and vicinity in New Mexico is also evidenced though the records of the Old Testament prophet Zechariah, starting especially with chapter 12 where there are many references to what will come to pass “in that day” that in it’s context seems to be related to this END TIME battle in the Valley of Megiddon. The context is the Lord speaking to Zechariah that show some links to a number of Revelations prophecy delineations:
Zec 12:9 And it shall come to pass in that day, that I will seek to destroy all the nations that come against Jerusalem.
Jerusalem in this context consists of the real “church” – all who had become believers in TI and DO whose souls were in seasons past the same souls who believed and worked for the Father and Jesus and Jehovah and Moses and had taken or were still taking over human vehicles to Stand for TI and DO. It also pertains to the new area that had been designed for these souls to dwell in and overcome their humanness within, which has been in the United States territory.
Zec 12:10 And I will pour upon the house of David, and upon the inhabitants of Jerusalem, the spirit of grace ((favor, pleasant, precious, (well-)favored)) and of supplications ((entreaty, earnest prayer)): and they shall look upon me whom they have pierced, and they shall mourn ((tear the hair and beat the breasts, lament, wail)) for him, as one mourneth for his only son, and shall be in bitterness for him, as one that is in bitterness for his firstborn.
The pouring out of GRACE AND SUPPLICATION could describe the way the U.S. was “blessed,” as in “America, America God shed his GRACE on thee…,” was FAVORED by the Next Level for Their RETURN incarnate that included making it become the new “land of milk and honey” to attract people from all over the planet, that included the descendents of the “house of David,” those of Jewish heritage, that emigrated to the U.S. and those descendents of those who turned into followers of Jesus – labeled the New Jerusalem (where the Two Witnesses are subdued and lay down their own lives as said in Rev 11:7).
Saying these will “look at me whom they have pierced” further substantiates that this “day” is AFTER Jesus is “pierced,” as was prophesied before it happened. Jesus had nails driven into this feet and hands and was stabbed in the side. Thus it also indicates those same Souls and/or new leaves on the same genetic branches that pierced him would be back as their “resurrection of damnation” (Joh 5:29), who would also benefit from that FAVOR AND ENTREATY (grace and supplication):
Rev 1:7 Behold, he cometh with clouds; and every eye shall see him, and they also which pierced him: and all kindreds of the earth shall wail because of him. Even so, Amen.
Also it indicates at that time when they see him who they pierced they will “mourn.” First they see the SIGN in Heaven, the Hale Bopp Comet and the “mourning” comes because it was met with Do and 38 students laying down their lives voluntarily and leaving joyful video’s showing their state of mind and how they were claiming to be the return of the Next Level. The nation was in a type of mourning, being very disturbed over it all, not that they were all sad about it – some certainly were for whatever reasons but because it was so bizarre and shocking an event. It is after that that they see the One who was incarnate in the name of Jesus coming “as a thief” and hidden by “cloudiness” (cloud of Light) but in a show of great power this time and in a very bright white appearance Do conjectured could be an “armada” of spacecrafts as indicated by Revelations chapter 19.
Mat 24:30 And then shall appear the sign of the Son of man in heaven: and then shall all the tribes of the earth mourn, and they shall see the Son of man coming in the clouds of heaven with power and great glory.
Then again, referring to “in that day,” speaking again of “mourning” compared with a great battle in the valley of Megiddon that happened well before Jesus was incarnate but entailed a great amount of bloodshed which matches the prophecy of the “winepress”:
Rev 14:20 And the winepress was trodden without the city, and blood came out of the winepress, even unto the horse bridles, by the space of a thousand and six hundred furlongs.
Zec 12:11 In that day shall there be a great mourning in Jerusalem, as the mourning of Hadadrimmon in the valley of Megiddon.
Remember everything happens in “double” so there is mourning in both the Old and New terrestrial Jerusalem with the U.S. one called the City of God’s Angels (Los Angeles).
Note within the verses I’ve noted, I put parentheses around words included by the translators as the word “apart” was mentioned only one time. The word “apart” indicates separation:
Zec 12:12 And the land shall mourn, every family ((tribe)) apart ((separation, part of the body, branch of a tree, chief of a city)); the family of the house ((court)) of David (apart, and their) wives ((0802 ‘ishshah= woman, wife, married, female, each, every)) (apart); the family of the house of Nathan (apart, and their) wives (apart);
The “land” pertains to the people of that land who are mourning the SEPARATION they felt from their human family units when they first joined with TI and DO in 1975 and during the second public meetings time in 1994. They also mourned because they saw the event as a waste, many assuming these students were naive victims because they couldn’t imagine that Do was in fact the one who was incarnate last in the vehicle named Jesus. They had mostly been taught that Jesus was a religious figurehead and/or an etheric “spirit” who floats around in the clouds as a supernatural (etheric) figure or human made into a myth or a total fabricated story or that he wouldn’t be coming back incarnate, not even often thinking that is a possible reality.
TI and DO did talk about the Next Level as another dimension but not an etheric one like the spirit world. Next Level Members can defy what to humans are natural laws as Jesus demonstrated by literally defying gravity in the depiction of him floating above the waves in the storm while his disciples witnessed it and when we rose from the ground to be received by the clouds out of their sight and by his appearing and disappearing in the upper room where they gathered and didn’t see him come in with them or leave with them, as some of the many examples that must have existed that John in his gospel said were too many to list.
In other words Next Level Members who have even converted their physical human vehicle by a metamorphosis simply have more functions natural to them but that would be “supernatural” to a human who has not been taken through the process to grow their Soul deposit into a new body that upon receipt of a final ingredient “in a twinkling of a eye” can demonstrate these qualities while still able to appear and function in humans ways – eating and drinking, talking, walking as Jesus also demonstrated and yet had some touch him to show he was NOT a spirit but was still flesh and bone. Those that witnessed these things were given that proof because they were not ready to make the same transition yet – like Jesus said they have to be “born again” the real meaning being they would need to take over a new human level flesh body (water birth) in order to finish their overcoming lessons to be “born of spirit” – spirit being equivalent to Mind and thus from their Older Member’s (Holy) Mind, by abiding by all the words and behaviors and ways provided them by their incarnate Older Member who was absolutely needed to complete their process – as TI and DO referred to as a midwifing task.
However those that witnessed these things with Jesus were also logging the facts into their “Soul deposit pocket/container” so that about 2000 years later when they began to be awakened by the same returning Older Member (this time with his “Father) there would be no need for proof, though they would still be challenged to override the vehicle’s programming that such things as Jesus was depicted to do might be doubtful. If they failed to override all their doubts they would not be ready to graduate.
A human being is at this time “natural” to the earth, though started as a mutation of sorts from a Next Level Member (Adam) and thus to be Above Human would be a “Superior” condition, as Jesus also indicated of all new graduates into the Next Level compared with even the greatest humans, referring to John the Baptist as the greatest human in that example as he too hadn’t yet graduated into adult Next Level Membership.
A woman is first defined as a progenitor and in Old Testament law to participate in that generation of new “leaves” on that branch of the human tree was a commitment to one. But Jesus started the thinking of the lesson plan to begin to separate from that human condition to where during this third trimester time no one remains married to anyone but their Older Member.
Zec 12:13 The family of the house of Levi (apart, and their) wives (apart); the family of Shimei (apart, and their) wives (apart);
Zec 12:14 All the families that remain ((to swell up, cause to make, (be) left, let, remnant, reserve, the rest)), every family (apart, and their) wives (apart).
This would appear to be speaking to the way Jesus said it would be again like in the time of Noah and/or something that would occur quickly and suddenly, like Jesus said his return “in glory” would also be “as a thief” that would require of those who feel his call to “leave all behind” because of, as said:
Luk 17:29 But the same day that Lot went out of Sodom it rained fire and brimstone from heaven, and destroyed them all.
Luk 17:30 Even thus shall it be in the day when the Son of man is revealed.
Luk 17:31 In that day, he which shall be upon the housetop, and his stuff in the house, let him not come down to take it away: and he that is in the field, let him likewise not return back.
Luk 17:32 Remember Lot’s wife.
Luk 17:33 Whosoever shall seek to save his life shall lose it; and whosoever shall lose his life shall preserve it.
Luk 17:34 I tell you, in that night there shall be two men in one bed; the one shall be taken, and the other shall be left.
Luk 17:35 Two (women) shall be grinding together; the one shall be taken, and the other left.
Luk 17:36 Two (men) shall be in the field; the one shall be taken, and the other left.
This next verse can seem to be showing how the Next Level “gathers” the enemy to Magdalene (City/Tower mageddon). The Lower Forces shown here as Eagles (birds), being Souls – the ones we know of as the Luciferian Space Aliens who know where Next Level Souls are (The “BODY” (Church)) because they seek to steal them to their camp as they can not create souls and souls have more capacity to circulate in the first “heaven” – within the earth’s atmosphere/environment:
Luk 17:37 And they answered and said unto him, Where, Lord? And he said unto them, Wheresoever the body is, thither will the eagles be gathered together.
“Women” are described as part of these families/tribes. Since the Wives/Women were also listed separately for each of these tribes indicating they remained – (be) left, remnant, reserve, the rest, it would seem this is not really about the gender, but in how the men or all would be separating from their former responsibilities to their human families. After all, it is the way of the Next Level program, when called for those who feel/hear the call, if they choose and have a family, wife, to separate from them and that responsibility in order to give their all to their incarnate Older Member who does the calling.
Jesus spoke to this fact regarding his disciples:
Mat 19:27 Then answered Peter and said unto him, Behold, we have forsaken all, and followed thee; what shall we have therefore?
Mat 19:28 And Jesus said unto them, Verily I say unto you, That ye which have followed me, in the regeneration when the Son of man shall sit in the throne of his glory, ye also shall sit upon twelve thrones, judging the twelve tribes of Israel.
Mat 19:29 And every one that hath forsaken houses, or brethren, or sisters, or father, or mother, or wife, or children, or lands, for my name’s sake, shall receive an hundredfold, and shall inherit everlasting life.
However, this mourning is happening successive to those first fruit’s souls separating from their human families, where “woman” relates to what Jesus said as the mammalian part of the human kingdom, prospective members of the Next Level need to leave behind, separate from, discontinue the marriage and sexual relationships with:
Luk 23:27 And there followed him a great company of people, and of women, which also bewailed and lamented him.
Luk 23:28 But Jesus turning unto them said, Daughters of Jerusalem, weep not for me, but weep for yourselves, and for your children.
Luk 23:29 For, behold, the days are coming, in the which they shall say, Blessed are the barren, and the wombs that never bare, and the paps which never gave suck.
Luk 21:23 But woe unto them that are with child, and to them that give suck, in those days! for there shall be great distress in the land, and wrath upon this people.
Rev 14:4 These are they which were not defiled with women; for they are virgins. These are they which follow the Lamb whithersoever he goeth. These were redeemed from among men, being the firstfruits unto God and to the Lamb.
One can wonder why being “not defiled with women” describes these overcomers, as if to say one can be “defiled” with men and still please the Next Level. I believe it has to do with the lesson plan for those souls who take over male human vehicles, consistent with the instructions in the Moses classroom and the Jesus classroom. The second part of that verse indicates that all of these who are Standing on Mt. Zion/Sion – the parched area in the new land where the Older Members came incarnate – the U.S. west and southwest as part of completing their metamorphosis to be rewarded with an Adult Next Level “fine linen” vehicle MUST as TI and DO said, “RECOVER THEIR VIRGINITY” – become consistently celibate of mind and body – giving themselves entirely to their Older Member, in specific Do as their first Link but equally to TI. TI and DO did say that those who have an attraction to the same gender as their own vehicle have overcome gender consciousness, yet if they remain sexual in the mind and/or body show they still must overcome their sexuality to meet the requirements for graduation with that class.
These indications of separation from one’s human family also relate to what is called the FIRST RESURRECTION:
Mat 22:30 For in the resurrection ((386 anastasis from anistemi 450 (noun – the People, place and thing as an event for these to)= stand up again [entering into to take control of a human vehicle prepared for them (their Soul)])) they neither marry, nor are given in marriage, but are as the angels of God in heaven.
Note how in Rev 14:1 the 144,000 are “standing” on Mt. Sion/Zion and are thereafter described as not being defiled with women, a reference to sexuality, while also becoming virgins – by scripture “un-married” – a recovery of virginity having nothing to do with never having been married or engaged in intercourse which was a Luciferian twist put on the idea.
Mrk 12:25 For when they shall rise ((450 anistemi= (verb) to stand up again)) from the dead, they neither marry, nor are given in marriage; but are as the angels which are in heaven.
Lke 20:34 And Jesus answering said unto them, The children of this world marry, and are given in marriage:
Lke 20:35 But they which shall be accounted worthy to obtain that world, and the resurrection ((386 anastasis= stand up again)) from the dead (([the normal state of a human vehicle unless it’s given to awaken])), neither marry, nor are given in marriage:
Lke 20:36 Neither can they die any more: for they are equal unto the angels; and are the children of God, being the children of the resurrection.
The RESURRECTION or RISE FROM THE DEAD, also translated as “to STAND UP AGAIN” as an INCARNATION which is actually the process of a returning Soul taking over a human vehicle that was prepared for them by the Next Level and according to TI and DO “chose” by the returning Soul with the Next Level’s help to provide a “match” with that Souls growth and thus what they most need to still overcome of their human mammalian kingdom allegiance, behavior and ways, (as Jesus taught and demonstrated the second trimester lesson plan to. This RESURRECTION is only spoken of in the Revelations in one timeline context I have found, which is AFTER the BEAST (U.S. led Global Government – whose main mouthpiece is the Dragon/Serpent – Luciferian Space Aliens) and FALSE PROPHET (“Holy” See/Vatican/Pope and Christian Religious leadership) are cast into the Lake of Fire. This takes place after the GATHERING in Armageddon has begun by the time of the 6TH ANGELS POURING OUT OF THE VIAL (PLAGUES) that are being realized in degrees all throughout the 20th century with a surge in the first years of the 21st century around 2007 and then another around 2017 to the time of the opening of the SIXTH SEAL where humans in league with the BEAST are fleeing from “his Face.” His “face” – identity is made apparent, for every eye to see, that is when Do and his new graduate “Younger Members” of the Next Level in their Next Level vehicles (fine linen) from their brilliantly enlightened “armada” of spacecrafts, described as His return in “GLORY” as shown in Rev 19:11-14 with it’s parallel description in Rev 14:14-16.
As the GATHERING AT ARMAGEDDON is shown to be both pertaining to the time of the sixth trumpet’s sounding as stimulated and carried forth by the Two Witnesses prophecy witnessing/testimony (giving of their human lives) and then again starting with the FOURTH SEAL OPENING in 2017 with a voice (disclosure) from the Next Level to once again “give our lives” to TI and DO’s service by STANDING IN DEFENSE OF THEM amidst an even greater attack on them and their believers, that extends into the SIXTH SEAL’s opening, which are related to overall Rev 14:1’s 144,000 (or 144 and a myriad of thousands) STANDING ON ZION/SION – with the result of that last “gathering” shown finally during the 1000 years while the Luciferian Space Aliens are once again locked up under the earth and/or under the sea as shown in Rev 20 for the final battle that is a no contest and that the Next Level concludes by wiping out the humans who are drawn by the Luciferians to come against this “camp of the saints” and “holy city” occupants that apparently has it’s start with the events of the 6th Seal opening when his “FACE” is apparent and the last of the VIAL (plagues/calamities) are POURED OUT – the cup that is the reward to those in league with the BEAST.
The GATHERING isn’t spoken of as SOULS even though they are of course Souls who have taken over their human vehicles – described as having “wrapped around them-selves (their Soul body)” (clothed with white) a strong indication they currently have bodies and have separated from their human roots and are heralding the arrival of their Older Member – Do as they (the Souls/vehicles) did for Jesus arrival to Jerusalem (with palms in their hands), but this time because of the arrival of his FACE. These are spoken of as Souls that “live again” – Stand Up Again (Resurrect) in Rev 20:4-11 when yet there is that last arrival of the Older Members to administer the final judgment of the dead, having recycled the Luciferian Space Aliens beforehand.
-Rev 7:9 After ((accompanying, amid)) this I beheld, and, lo, a great multitude ((ochlos= a (crowned) group or collection who have flocked together)), which no man ((not one man)) could number, of ((origin, from out of)) all nations ((ethnicity/races)), and kindreds ((tribes (of Israel (overcomers)))), and people, and tongues ((languages)), stood before ((saw the presence of, in that place)) the throne ((Older Members TI and DO)), and before the Lamb ((stood for [Do], the same Older Member who was incarnate in the name Jesus)), clothed with white ((color of ripening grain, their vehicles they have purified [sufficiently, or they wouldn’t be said to be clothed in white] by adopting the behaviors and ways of the Next Level)) robes (([their human vehicles])), and palms in their hands ((help, agency, means, activity, power [to separate from their human roots]));
As just suggested, these would seem to be those first spoken of as the saints who are (overcome, subdued, conquered, prevailed against) in, which starts to take place sometime after the DEADLY WOUND OF ONE OF THE BEASTS HEADS IS HEALED (Rev 13:3). This Head is the U.S. (New York centered American) head and is seen in the Seven Buildings of the World Trade Center and Pentagon attacks that started the time of great tribulation, though develops gradually until the 4th seal time starting in 2017, when the BEAST battles with the saints, presumably mostly on their internet STANDING FOR TI and DO, to possibly include mounting an opposition to this “little book” – Backside (dealing with the history in the form of prophecy interpretation) of the Next Level’s Information provision. The saints are all who give their lives to TI and DO’s service knowing it will result in the loss of their vehicles life, if they continue. This isn’t talking about those who graduated in 1997 because it’s well after they exited, though some of these may have been with them in their classroom between 1973 and 1997:
Rev 13:5 And there was given unto him a mouth speaking great things and blasphemies; and power was given unto him to continue forty (and) two months.
This “forty two months” could be literally 3 1/2 years said this way the same way it applied to the “forty two months” in:
Rev 11:2 But the court which is without ((outward)) the temple leave out ((without, out of doors)), and measure it not; for it is given unto the Gentiles: and the holy city shall they tread under foot forty and two months.
As with virtually all of these prophecies there are multiple applications for each of the two harvest periods that are both considered the “First Resurrection” as it started with TI and DO and their FIRST fruit harvest and ends with the same standard applied to those who come after in the LAST fruit harvested. In both cases and time periods depicted can be translated with “months” as the Greek “men” of 3375 or 3376 both spelled the same and both sounding the same but with one said to stem from yet a third “men” with a slightly different spelling/sounding that indicates it being a “particle of affirmation.” In other words it could be saying there are 42 Souls who graduate within each of two 42 month periods in which they show their affirmation to TI and DO. It’s interesting that in Rev 11 which is primarily about the Two Witnesses and their student body is shown a depiction of the “court” – the area and people outside the “temple” grounds (west of the Mississippi River) and it’s people. The “Holy City” for this depiction would seem to be the entire U.S. – the bordered area that became hallowed (holy) ground because it was where the Older Members and their Saints came to “stand up again.” And this is also the same area where all must do their primary “standing” for TI and DO, which is done on foot both times.
In 1975 and 1994 TI and DO’s classroom held public meetings all over the U.S., so it would seem there is to be another round of public meetings in the “court” – east of the Mississippi River where there are potentially still some who could SEE TI and DO as the return of the Father and “Jesus” in new vehicles with new names, etc. This standing starts on the internet – the Mid-Heaven (Rev 14:6…”midst of heaven”) with Do and Crew in 1995-7 before they exit as it’s the “Jesus” return way of speaking to give some who still believe in the real Jesus a chance to connect to TI and DO, but this avenue via the internet may be what is lost in the war with the saints where they are “overcome/subdued” just like TI and DO were overcome and subdued, all during that 3 1/2 years:
Rev 13:6 And he opened his mouth in blasphemy against God, to blaspheme his name, and his tabernacle, and them that dwell in heaven.
Rev 13:7 And it was given unto him to make war with the saints, and to overcome them: and power was given him over all kindreds, and tongues, and nations.
Of further interest is how those who “Stand for TI and DO” then become the TWO’s Witnesses to the world. TI and DO served as “The Two” so in more ways than one anyone who testifies with their life to the truth they provided is Their Witness and even though it’s not the student’s desire to have their stand met with someone’s hatred to stop them by killing their vehicle the term translated to “witness” is from the Greek “martus” – sounds like martyr and has some of that definition of giving one’s life in service to the Next Level by showing the “record” – which is what TI and DO called the Bible and what the “backside of the book” represents – as backside also refers to what is historically recorded, something that TI and DO certainly said a great deal about but did not spend hardly any time on prophecy – leaving it to this time as a lesson ground to determine who among former “Christians” still can see the truth through the massive barrage of misinformation that has become the Christian religion – now a “killer of souls” because of it’s trickery imposed by the Luciferians but sets the stage to test what each of us is made of, which is the point to the “garden experiment” – to overcome the Luciferian influence and the human evolutionary kingdom to become a Member of the Evolutionary Level Above Human.
So these have come through the time period of the 4th-6th seals, who are “slain for the word of God, and for the testimony which they held” and then in Rev 6:11 as .”..their fellow-servants also and their brethren, that should be killed as they were,” and Rev 14:13…those who “die in the Lord from henceforth…”
As said in Rev 7:9 they “stood before the throne” (TI and DO and their Teachings are the Throne), and stood before the LAMB by showing how all Jesus teachings were fulfilled or about to be fulfilled by TI and by Do’s teachings and example during He (Do) and his Older Member TI’s promised return incarnate again as described by all the prophecy and revealings in all Jesus said in the four gospel records that are all interconnected and in context with all said in the Book of Revelations. These come out of the U.S. melting pot of races and ethnicities that came from every corner of the world, though there could be exceptions I’m sure where the Next Level has their eye on someone who is not from the U.S. or in the U.S. at this time.
However, I do have to note that there was one prospective student who got in touch with Do and the classroom in 1996 that used the name Nathaniel who Do delivered a message to, or may have spoken to him directly over the phone, but that Do suggested he come to the U.S. Do even had his helpers make note in one of the letters they sent to those who were also assisting from outside the classroom (who didn’t want to rejoin the classroom then) that Nathaniel could have one of the cars they were leaving behind and could have some of the monies also left behind with the intention being his participating in the phase of taking the task to share information about TI and DO’s teachings with the “world.” I say this because the U.S. is also where what I am calling the “extended classroom,” (more like a second trimester classroom perhaps, kin to after Jesus left) was to be held that is coming into focus more by analyzing the lead up Standing for TI and DO that would lead up to the GATHERING in the Magdalena, Manzano, Mountainaire area when there is no longer a way to STAND for TI and DO because of the dissolving of the infrastructures around automobile travel so those giving testimony will be literally on foot perhaps so then knowing of this prophecy interpretation may head to this area noted that is west of the Mississippi River thus even more so part of the “Holy City” area since that is where TI and DO felt most connected to their Older Member and helpers in spacecrafts.
These are “clothed in white robes” which is described in a few verses as, “made them white in the blood of the Lamb” which means they “took up their cross” and “drank the cup of the wine (blood)” – shed their blood STANDING FOR THEIR OLDER MEMBERS as the Lamb and His students stood for, who were incarnate last in the names TI and DO.
This voluntary laying down of one’s life by choosing to STAND FOR TI and DO is also shown by their carrying the palm tree branch that Jesus believers took up to show solidarity with him when he returned to Jerusalem to “lay down his life.” That palm tree branch originally seemed to represent the “separation” from one’s roots to the earth and human kingdom, which the Next Level began to mentally prepare the children of Israel for by one time a year instructing them to live in “booths” – temporary shelters – like tents and this event was called the feast of tabernacles (dwellings) where their structures were built from branches that included palm tree boughs.
TI and DO are the “throne.” Standing “before” Them means STANDING UP FOR – (believing in and expressing) ALL THEY TAUGHT in their “presence.” This point of doing this STANDING in their PRESENCE is very important but one can wonder how we can be in the presence now that they exited their incarnations. In one way, of course they are present because their faces are still in the news on occasion even though they are seen as evil cult leaders. They are present when we tell people about them and point people to Do and Crews videos and TI and DO’s classroom audios and all their writings and the still present Heavensgate.com web site. Then they are “present” when we see all the signs in the “sun, moon, stars (planets),” etc. they have been providing us since their exit in 1997 mostly starting with the Hale Bopp Comet great “sign.” Still signs are left to ones discernment of their presence. Yes, these are all degrees of presence but can’t be denied remains for the duration of the seals which is how more will come to awaken to the truth.
When it says as part of the 6th Seal’s opening:
Rev 6:15 And the kings of the earth, and the great men, and the rich men, and the chief captains, and the mighty men, and every bondman, and every free man, hid themselves in the dens and in the rocks of the mountains;
Rev 6:16 And said to the mountains and rocks, Fall on us, and hide us from the face of him that sitteth on the throne, and from the wrath of the Lamb:
As Jesus also referenced as:
Luke 23:30 Then shall they begin to say to the mountains, Fall on us; and to the hills, Cover us.
These People of the Earth are seeking to HIDE from his FACE, his Identity, the reality of Living Beings over them, some even possibly identifying in their minds with the face of the vehicle Do was last incarnate in. I suspect this is part of Do’s coming with his Armada of brightly lighted large spacecrafts to let their presence be known in a way that is almost impossible to deny, though who or what people think will be a big test. Some may even believe it’s TI and DO but they might see TI and DO as representatives of the evil space aliens, even reptilians coming to destroy the earth. Then even Christians who could see these as the fallen angels, a Luciferian manifestation, or a spiritual or holographic delusion will in any respect hate it, so much so that they might go after anyone who even suggests otherwise, which TI and DO true believers could be persecuted and/or even killed if they stand up for Them. At some point I suspect the internet will no longer be a way to “stand” for TI and DO or for anything that is seen as dissidence or rebellion from the status quo. I suspect if there is still an internet for the general public then, World Wide Web (WWW) sites and blogs that talk about alternative thinking will probably be seen and reported as having “terrorist” affiliations or in league with revolutionaries or militia groups or radical extremists so will be banned and people could be disappeared. When that happens and people are also targeted locally where they live, and when Do and Crew show their presence it will certainly be a huge signal to leave all behind and head to the area in New Mexico I’ve outlined, while humans are moving into their underground facilities to escape at the same time.
But to recap what it means to say these “stood before the throne, and before the Lamb” relates to how Do through Jwnody’s document ‘”Away Team” from Deep Space Surfaces Before Departure’ describes the “formula” to start one’s metamorphosis (wash one’s robe – their human vehicle) while also describing the requirements to be “saved” as:
(Paraphrased to not risk dealing with the heavensgate.com webmasters who have been suppressing audio tapes and brought a law suit against Rkkody’s distribution of audio tapes and threatened anyone with a law suit if they break their copyright laws and have also been speaking things against what TI and DO taught – the details of which are on links in the Appendix of this book. As far as I know they have not changed the content of the Heavensgate.com website where the book that contains this document exists but it can also be found on my blog in total at:
Away Team from Deep Space Surfaces Before Departure By Jwnody
But here is my paraphrasing of it:
The formula as it was 2000 years ago for the most serious Jesus students that begins one’s metamorphosis to be born into the Next World requires each of us to abandon everything of this world. (This is compared to how the caterpillar must abandon it’s caterpillar ways to become a new creature as a butterfly). Each of us must separate and begin to wean ourselves of ties and addictions to mammalian ways. We must seek as best we can the guidance from a Member of the Next Level who has completed the metamorphosis before and has that task to birth new members into His Kingdom. Or, at the least one must attempt to connect with a student of an incarnate Older Member of the Next Level who is active in this same metamorphic process.
Jwnody reports that there is a small period of time left to catch the eye of those that Created and care for this world. To have one’s Soul or Spirit saved for a future planting – the overriding condition to qualify is to accept these statements from TI and DO’s Mind are true which is also knowing they are the facts.
One must believe TI and DO and Crew represent the Kingdom of Living Beings that created the earth and all it’s occupants. One must also be willing to stand up in defense of that belief. And one must be willing to maintain that stand until their exit of their human vehicles, no matter how that occurs.
(That concludes that paraphrasing)
This statement is another way of looking at what Do called the THREE TYPES of those who would “go with them” when they leave – to escape the recycling.
Finally, on this point of what the Next Level requires of those of us who want to make application to their overcoming classroom Do says in a videotape given on September 29, 1996 He labeled “Last Chance to Evacuate Earth Before It’s Recycled” that there are in summary:
Three types of individuals that can avoid the spading under at the end of an Age are:
– Those who leave everything of their human lives behind to graft to the Representative from the Level Above Human (Do) and complete their overcoming of their humanness.
– Those who recognize the Representative, recognize the information of the Next Level that is coming through the Representative, knowing it is true, and have not yet had the strength to complete their overcoming of their humanness.
– Those who recognize the information of the Next Level and are attempting, even without knowing of the Representative’s presence, to break away in their own way.
(I strongly suggest reading or viewing the entire document and/or video to get the most accurate perspective on this directly from Do.)
(Some thought “go with us” meant when they exited their incarnations but just like the Next Level throughout prophecy it did mean that for those “with ears to hear” – mostly for those who had been in their classroom, like myself – he was saying there was an open window for us to also lay down our lives as they did – and not actually disqualifying anyone from doing the same – as each would be rewarded according to what they have given and giving one’s life for them in specific, for TI and DO is a big giving. It didn’t mean we’d graduate to receive adult Next Level bodies necessarily as Do said some with him when they all layed down their bodies were not yet ready to receive adult Next Level bodies upon their Soul body’s arrival on the Next Level spacecraft and would have to return to finish their overcoming at a future time.
It seems from things TI and DO have said and things Jesus has said that there is more to overcoming than overcoming fear of death, though that is a huge step to undertake. If Do had meant by saying some could still “go with him/them” as those who laid down their lives, then what of those in category three who had not even heard about TI and DO. They were also to be considered to be saved from the recycling according to the Next Level’s judgment of what they had given. It becomes even clearer when considering every one of these scriptural verses that “go with them” included the time periods following those in that FIRST fruit harvest.
Suicide is not a solution. These 39+4 did not commit suicide really, that is in the human definition that includes trying to escape problems or to inflict pain on another. If we are thinking we can employ that as a quick fix, it will fix nothing. We need these bodies to learn our lessons through. Some have expressed to me they felt ready to exit as the group did, but then when they describe why it’s apparent they are trying to escape their difficult lessons that come by looking to the Next Level for help with their lessons.
Saying it’s a “great multitude” may be translated to less of a depiction of great numbers, as TI and DO said the Next Level doesn’t have millions of members, they have thousands of members – I believe speaking of those who had graduated to full adult membership but perhaps including certain student members like Lucifer and those that renegaded with him once had been. So I choose to translate the Greek “ochlos” to a “group or collection or flock of people” and where it says “great” can simply mean mighty in their graft to their Older Member, the “Lamb” – but then again it may be a sizable group like 144,000 but in reference to their being OF as in “origin from,” nations, kindreds, people and tongues, not an inclusion of them all.
Saying no humans would be able to put a number on them, could refer to their not taking the “number of the beast,” possibility the digitized identification as in an RFID chip as some may increasingly accept. Another way this number could be interpreted is because humans would not be able to recognizable who was giving themselves to the Next Level and they aren’t necessarily in one place or as a group with a name to distinguish them from others. No group or name is needed if each individual starts and maintains their individual relationship with their Older Member who at that point is in the heavens, though whose spacecrafts may be literally in view with the naked eye by then.
The gathering in “Armageddon” seems to be pointed to that area of Magdalena and Manzano, NM, as part of the 6th vial/plague/calamity pouring out, seemingly stimulated by the physical presence “Face” of Do and Crew’s “armada,” probably at this time in view in the near space, that Jesus referred to as His coming “in his glory,” as many Christians say they anticipate, but mostly refuse to even consider as the same ONES who were incarnate in the task of the Two Witnesses, TI and DO and Crew. It seems the earthquake described in Rev 6:12 might well be the same event as depicted by the Rev 18:21 Great Millstone cast into the sea event that brings an end to the USA as we know it and those aligned with the BEAST. That Armada’s visibility to the naked eye seems to be what primarily stimulates the “gathering” to the western side of the Mississippi for those who desire to be salvaged, whether from the “Temple” or “Courtyard grounds who might then become the ancestors to those in the “camp of the Saints” in the next millennium, while the Luciferian Space Aliens are once again locked up underground.
It is the first 5 vials being poured out that seem to be the primary source of literal “fire” experienced in the USA and EU/Middle East though it is expressed as occurring in stages starting in earnest after Do and Crew exited their incarnations and then even more so during the time of the 4th seal opening in 2017 – expressed as the Green Horse named “Death” with Hell (condemnation) following for many via the military (sword), famine (hunger, shortages, etc.), death from the BEAST – the US and One World Government (that is hiding behind the “green revolution” referred to and profited from and used as a front for organization against the Next Level who some think are the bad aliens coming to destroy them and enslave humanity. They got the “destroy them” part correct as they are the weeds in the Next Level’s garden, but humans have already been enslaved by the Luciferian space aliens through their human equivalent saturation of misinformation upon earth’s human population.
Thus it is during these 7 vials being poured out that America (the woman) is judged and rewarded for their chosen embrace of the Luciferian misinformation mind again and this is reflected by these who were gathering who washed their robes during the tribulation time who:
-Rev 7:10 And cried with a loud voice, saying, Salvation ((rescue, safety)) to our God which sitteth upon the throne, and unto the Lamb.
This verse cue’s into the application of Rev 19 in the overall timeline indicating the judgment of the “woman” that is an avenging of the bloodshed of Next Level servants:
-Rev 19:1 And after these things I heard a great voice of much people in heaven, saying, Alleluia; Salvation, and glory, and honour, and power, unto the Lord our God:
-Rev 19:2 For true and righteous are his judgments: for he hath judged the great whore, which did corrupt the earth with her fornication, and hath avenged the blood of his servants at her hand.
-Rev 19:3 And again they said, Alleluia And her smoke rose up for ever and ever.
-Rev 7:11 And all the angels stood round about the throne, and about the elders and the four beasts, and fell before the throne on their faces, and worshipped God,
Saying Amen in the beginning of a discourse is indicating, “verily” or truly, of a truth will follow, surely, believe, have faith as one can have absolute trust and confidence in what follows. Then when it comes at the end it’s saying the same thing but as a fulfillment, a firm close, thus perhaps more kin to where it says in other places, “it’s done”:
-Rev 7:12 Saying, Amen: Blessing, and glory, and wisdom, and thanksgiving, and honour, and power, and might, be unto our God for ever and ever. Amen.
-Rev 19:4 And the four and twenty elders and the four beasts fell down and worshipped God that sat on the throne, saying, Amen; Alleluia.
-Rev 7:13 And one of the elders answered, saying unto me, What are these which are arrayed in white robes? and whence came they?
-Rev 7:14 And I said unto him, Sir, thou knowest. And he said to me, These are they which came out of great tribulation, and have washed their robes, and made them white in the blood ((bloodshed kin with)) (of the) Lamb.
“Bloodshed kin with the Lamb” refers to the example of laying down one’s life by speaking the truth provided by one’s Older Member, to those that they know will hate them and kill them for doing so if they persist. This is shown as what the FIRST FRUIT Souls also went through before this time, actually after Jesus laid down his life which is what gave them their crowns and made them the “saints”:
Rev 12:11 And they overcame him by the blood of the Lamb, and by the word of their testimony; and they loved not their lives unto the death.
This part of the overcoming process was taught to the FIRST group of Souls in the Moses camp by having some sacrifice their best lamb, one that had no blemishes – representing the removal of behavior and ways unbecoming to the Next Level’s behavior and ways. Do said that those with Jesus, though they gave their lives still needed to return to overcome other characteristics of their humanness before graduating the human kingdom, namely their “Self Rightness” – confidence in self and “Sensuality” – giving away their “force” through sexuality and/or via other passions – to instead only come to depend on and trust every word from their Older Member’s mouth and only having pleasure and purpose in doing exactly the things the Older Member who is incarnate prescribes. One can be willing to lay down their life but it could be for their enhancement of self – to be “seen as something special” – even the mindset of a martyr. If one is laying down their life for any reason other than for what the latest Older Member instructed then they are doing it for themselves or for humans that would also be ultimately for themselves. Jesus taught this in regards to his laying down his life:
Joh 10:17 Therefore doth my Father love me, because I lay down my life, that I might take it again.
Joh 10:18 No man taketh it from me, but I lay it down of myself. I have power to lay it down, and I have power to take it again. This commandment have I received of my Father.
The same condition applies to our participation in pleasures. Some could practice all forms of self discipline and abstain from all forms of indulgence for any reason, a description of an ascetic, but if they were not given to them to do by the most recently incarnate Older Member from the Next Level then they would not be necessarily adding to their complete overcoming of their humanness. In other words we must “please our Older Member.” This is what is meant by the greatest commandment being:
Mar 12:30 And thou shalt love the Lord thy God with all thy heart, and with all thy Soul, and with all thy mind, and with all thy strength: this is the first commandment.
The time here depicted as the “tribulation” comes from the Greek “thlipsis” defined as “a pressing, pressing together, pressure, metaphorically oppression, affliction, distress, straits, which referring to these who came through indicates they have “stood up” for TI and DO and/or if they never heard of TI and DO for the principals they understood as from the Kingdom of God in whatever terms, for instance for those that did not accept the marks of the beast or worked for the Beasts “image” – patriotism, spirituality, putting humanism on a pedestal, to include space aliens or spirits or ascended masters, and/or even a literal holographic image like Fatima, and also “washed their robes” meaning they ceased behaviors that broke the commandments and instructions from TI and DO and/or according to Jesus (the Lamb’s) teachings (which would not include Paul’s dilutions and distortions, though if what he said agreed 100% with what Jesus said).
Those who have come through the great tribulation would seem to also be those who were now being depicted as having made themselves ready to be married to the Lamb – the Older Member who sacrificed his human vehicles life on his “Father’s” instruction, came back and was promoted to the Throne by his Father who also came incarnate to get him started. So the Lamb with his new name was/is Do to whom these are making their full commitment to that is what “marriage” is in the Next Level’s Family.
-Rev 19:5 And a voice came out of the throne, saying, Praise our God, all ye his servants, and ye that fear him, both small and great.
-Rev 19:6 And I heard as it were the voice of a great multitude, and as the voice of many waters, and as the voice of mighty thunderings, saying, Alleluia: for the Lord God omnipotent reigneth.
-Rev 19:7 Let us be glad and rejoice, and give honour to him: for the marriage of the Lamb is come, and his wife hath made herself ready.
-Rev 19:8 And to her was granted that she should be arrayed in fine linen, clean and white: for the fine linen is the righteousness of saints.
This is stating that these would be given new Next Level grown bodies to wear (fine linen) to those that have committed themselves with their lives 100% even though they are not yet going to become adult Next Level Members until they also overcome all their humanness which doesn’t happen until they are in a classroom with a currently incarnate Older Member to be led through that overcoming process in person as were, at least, the 28 (4 Living Beings + 24 elders) of the 38+4 who graduated into their own next step, by Do on behalf of his Older Member TI’s instruction and establishment of FIRST fruit harvest by March of 1997.
So it would seem those called to the “marriage supper” would be these as well having shown they made a commitment to the real Jesus, the Older Member who served as the Lamb and was incarnate in the new vehicle named Do. Unless they never heard of TI and DO they must make their commitment to Do since he is/was the most currently incarnate representative from the Next Level. If some say to the Next Level by their thoughts and actions that they believe in Jesus then they would also recognize Do as everything Jesus taught was exemplified in what Do did and taught. This is exactly why Jesus said to certain of the Jewish leadership that if they knew Moses they would know him. They were of the same Mind – the Mind from Do’s Older Member, The Father and Jehovah.
-Rev 19:9 And he saith unto me, Write, Blessed are they which are called unto the marriage supper of the Lamb. And he saith unto me, These are the true sayings of God.
-Rev 19:10 And I fell at his feet to worship him. And he said unto me, See thou do it not: I am thy fellowservant, and of thy brethren that have the testimony of Jesus: worship God: for the testimony of Jesus is the spirit of prophecy.
Jesus testimony, his bearing witness of his Father and the true information from his Father (God) is what brings to full light all the prophecy that is the task to disseminate – stand up in our human vehicles for and lose our human vehicle for. Once again an indication that the task at hand during the LAST HARVEST WAVE – spoken of as the Great Tribulation, as shown as starting with the 4th Seal’s opening is based upon showing how TI and DO were the return of the Father and Jesus incarnate through the revealing of what was until they exited still mostly hidden from those most prepared to receive that truth, as this is to be their chance to wake up to see in a much clearer light all Jesus meant and intended for his students to have a chance to grasp. As Do said in the Beyond Human Series of tapes, still on YouTube, paraphrased, “Christians, hardly stand a chance of seeing the whole truth, because of the very thorough misinformation campaign waged against them by the Luciferian space aliens.”
Putting much of this together, according to the timing in Rev 15:8 after the verse 5 “temple of the tabernacle of the testimony in heaven was opened,” the 7 plagues (vials poured out) were to occur BEFORE anyone could enter into the temple in heaven which appears to be exactly shown in Rev 19:6-10 describing the group of souls who were the “bride” having “made herself ready,” described in Rev 7:14 as “washed their robes, and made them white in the blood of the Lamb,” so “should be arrayed in fine linen, clean and white: for the fine linen is the righteousness of saints.” (Rev 19:8).
This preparation is also described in:
Rev 14:13 And I heard a voice from heaven saying unto me, Write, Blessed are the dead which die in the Lord from henceforth: Yea, saith the Spirit, that they may rest from their labours; and their works do follow them.
This is followed by Do’s arrival, described in:
Rev 14:14 And I looked, and behold a white cloud, and upon the cloud one sat like ((similar in appearance or character, manner)) unto the Son of man, having on his head a golden crown, and in his hand a sharp sickle.
Since “son of man” referred to the incarnate Older Member with his human vehicle, this could be saying he had a vehicle that was similar to the one he exited from his disciples with but for all intents and purposes was similar.
Rev 14:15 And another angel came out of the temple, crying with a loud voice to him that sat on the cloud, Thrust in thy sickle, and reap: for the time is come for thee to reap; for the harvest of the earth is ripe.
Rev 14:16 And he that sat on the cloud thrust in his sickle on the earth; and the earth was reaped.
This is a match for Do’s arrival in:
-Rev 19:11 And I saw heaven opened, and behold a white ((3022 leukos from luke (“light”), white)) horse; and he that sat upon him was called Faithful and True, and in righteousness he doth judge and make war.
The essential difference is that he’s described as “sat on the cloud” verses .”..white horse; and he that sat upon him.” The context of “cloud” shows that he is still “undercover” of cloudiness, but described as a “white horse” behind that cloudiness, being a white light vehicle (spacecraft) as that’s what a horse depicts to a Next Level Member – a vehicle. When they are incarnate the human vehicle they take over is their “horse.” When they are not incarnate they have their own physical vehicle and then the spacecraft they dwell in is their “horse.”
TI and DO referred to our automobiles in the classroom as “horses.” For example when one needed to go into the shop for repair, they would say “red car” was in the “horsepistol” (if it happened to be “red car”). They referred to one van we had as “blue van.” Sometimes they referred to one by a manufacturers name, like “Chevy van,” or “Toyota van” but never by a model name that I recall.
So the FIRST harvest would have two parts – when the Elder Students ascended starting in March of 1997 to this time after the 6th vial is poured out which is also at the end of the 6th seal – all of which are considered to be the “oil” because of how they gave their best effort to TI and DO to stand for them and wash their robes (adopt their behaviors and ways) to include separating from their human root systems and maintaining their stand until their exit by the hands of those who would become their enemies.
Do is further described as:
-Rev 19:12 His eyes were as a flame of fire, and on his head were many crowns; and he had a name ((surname, was called)) written ((graven description)), that no man ((no one)) knew, but ((if not)) (he) himself ((auto= “his own”)).
(In other words, no one knew his name except his own, those he reveals it to (Rev 3:12) and who he writes it on their forehead as it is shown occurs with his Father’s (new) name (TI) in Rev 14:1). (I suspect this would be in the particular type of “Soul deposit” each selected human vehicle receives, that is awakened when we hear their voices Mind – some keywords and/or concepts and/or ideas, information in the deposit program).
The eye is the lamp of the body. One’s vehicle’s body is filled with light upon graduation. That means filled with the truth from our Older Members that includes all our behaviors and ways while those who have not graduated yet have a mix of that “light” and the Luciferian misinformation mind (darkness). Describing Do as having eyes as a flame of fire has to do with the way his vision, his Mind is a purging fire to those who are seeking to be refined into pure gold, as TI illustrated and also compared to working the churn to produce pure butter from the milk another process that works by “friction” and “pressure” and “stick-to-it-ness” – tenacity for the needed duration of the overcoming “process” exactly as prescribed and demonstrated to date by the Older Members, TI and DO. (References to Rev 1:14 and Rev 2:18).
He has on his head many crowns because he gets a crown for every student he crowns. Every student who overcomes the human condition while in his program gets a crown. If one knows about TI and DO but chooses to take on all the same disciplines of mind and body they would be missing one most crucial ingredient that they are not “bonding/grafting” with the one assigned to midwife them whom they must please and who must also please his “Father” to be given a seat on board their spacecraft. Nor are we to judge whether or not we are succeeding adequately. As long as we keep on asking for their help and then making changes as we build the strength, no matter how we slip, though not taking that for granted either, They will help us succeed. Quitting the process entirely can halt our progress but they will even give us multiple chances to get back on Their path, as TI and DO said they did with Lucifer until he reached a point of no return.
Note in Rev 6:2 he “conquers” and then goes a “conquering.” TI described both of them but primarily Do as our “midwife.” First he is born as shown in Rev 12, born to the throne by TI and then he births their children through each of their “spirit/Soul births.”
-Rev 19:13 And he was clothed ((periballo= “to throw all around,” put on)) with a vesture ((apparal, cloak, garment, raiment, robe)) dipped ((bapto= to whelm, cover in fluid, to stain as with a dye)) in blood: and his name is called The Word ((logos from lego = cause and communication)) of God ((deity)).
He put on around his Soul body a vehicle (garment) stained in blood, which may mean the vehicle he comes back with is the vehicle he changed over and rose again with which was named Jesus but now is named, “communicating the Mind of his Older Member (TI).” TI and DO said all they ever wanted to be were “links” in the chain of mind for the Chief of Chiefs. They wanted to be “clear pipes” so that what is coming down from their Older Members is delivered to those coming up (their students) without their mind muddying it. They knew the process was set up to where their very being incarnate in a human vehicle did step down to their students that Mind from their Older Members as otherwise the students wouldn’t be able to have a working interface, but they didn’t want to add to or subtract from whatever was to be communicated in it’s purest form. We did most of our personal communication with TI and DO via little 3×5″ note papers using as many as we needed. We would fold it in half so the note had a cover page and would write on it, “Lnks.”
-Rev 19:14 And the armies which were in heaven followed him upon white horses, clothed in fine linen, white and clean.
Once again we see these are also on “white horses” – spacecrafts as they have wrapped around their Soul Bodies “white and clean” vehicles described as “fine linen” which is the reward for the righteousness of each of the saints. These are the Four Living Beings with their crew consisting of the 24 elders and however many other members of the Next Level are with them.
This would also seem to signal the time of the end of the 6th vial being poured out following the gathering for the battle (Armageddon) in the two areas around the Euphrates and around the Mississippi, who are to receive double the plagues for their rebellion against the Next Level. This time would also seem to be when the third part of humans in those same areas are “pulled up,” (their vehicles die, because they accepted the BEASTS mark or number or name worked for his image (See Rev 9:15-21).
It would also seem this time corresponds to the Sixth Seal time when it seems Do becomes visible for EVERY EYE TO SEE which is described in most detail in Rev 19:11-13 described in Rev 6:16 as his FACE (PRESENCE/Identity) being shown, right before the remainder of the 7 vials are poured out – the subsequent catastrophic events that include the biggest manifestation of the 7 plagues that is also the end of the BEAST and FALSE PROPHET in the burning up of the U.S.
IV.F.3. THE FINAL JUDGMENT – THE “WINEPRESS” IS FOR THE HARVEST OF THE RIPE “GRAPES” – THOSE SOULS WHO ARE NOT YET 100% COMMITTED TO SERVICE TO TI and DO OR HAVEN’T HEARD ABOUT THEM BUT WHO ARE SEPARATING FROM THE WORLD IN THEIR OWN WAYS BY NOT GIVING THEIR ALLEGIANCE TO THE “BEAST” – (RECEIVED IT’S MARK ON THE HAND AND/OR ON THE HEAD OR RECEIVED IT’S NUMBER OR NAME OR WORSHIPED IT’S IMAGE (THE BEASTS SPIRITUALITY AND/OR LUCIFERIAN SPACE ALIEN COUNTERFEIT GODS AND/OR HUMAN WORSHIP – EVEN RELATED TO “WONDERS” AND/OR “FIRE FROM THE SKY” LIKE HOLOGRAMS OR LIGHTS, FIREBALLS, LIKE FATIMA AND OTHER EQUIVALENT ILLUSIONS
With the “oil” harvested, the Souls who gave their lives to the Next Levels service through Do’s instructions, it’s time to provide the stimulus for the remainder of humans to choose who to serve based on the degree each follows Do’s instructions and firm standard or not every having heard of TI and DO separate from the world and don’t accept the marks of loyalty to the BEAST or it’s IMAGE.
Do with his team are implementing the final pressure, called the WINEPRESS upon the humans to separate the “wheat” from the “chaff,” “Tares,” “weeds” of the Garden, the “sheep” from “goats.” TI and DO once illustrated a separation of humans, as those who want to move ahead would stay in Dallas, where we were at the time and those who wanted to move ahead would locate to Houston. In audio tape #150 recorded on 08/30/84, TI and DO clarify that they didn’t intend to use that illustration as if to say the good people should evacuate to Houston and those who didn’t want to grow from Houston should go to Dallas. It was meant to illustrate how people need to separate from those who are acting like “weeds” so they as “blossoming plants” can be among other people that have the same desires and standards of behavior and ways so they can grow better.
-Rev 19:15 And out of his mouth goeth a sharp sword, that with it he should smite ((to knock, strike)) the nations: and he shall rule them with a rod of iron: and he ((autos= theirselves)) treadeth ((hit the path, trample, tread down under foot, smite, strike, specially, to sting (as a scorpion))) the winepress ((trough)) (of the) fierceness ((passion (breathing hard), indignation, wrath)) and wrath of Almighty God.
The Lord’s weapon (sword) is his mouth, his instruction, his provision of the truth and surfacing of the lies and deceit, because it draws the line between who has Their Next Level Mind in them enough to warrant saving and who does not, thus between staying in the running to receive true Life or being recycled in the second death – the death of the Soul and/or spirit and it is all self-regulated by what we choose to believe and work for. TI and DO said we each become exactly what we believe. The rule (rod) is compared to iron because of how its development within us makes us strong willed in Next Level ways. By application of our Older Members “rules” our Mind increases strength to overcome our human behaviors and ways which then can meet the standard each must show Him and His Father and their Crew to qualify to become a crewmember and an individual for the first time, since humans are a composite of many influences time-sharing their vehicles. All will lose their vehicles life in this process. It’s a matter of how, when and most importantly for who, which means because of who we stand for.
-Rev 19:16 And he hath on his vesture and on his thigh ((Hebrew 3411 yrekah feminine of ‘yarek’ (3409); formally, the flank; but used only as a figure, the rear or recess= border, coast, part, quarter, side)) a name written, KING OF KINGS, AND LORD OF LORDS.
There are no examples but this one for the usage of this word “thigh,” so I looked for Old Testament usage of the same English term and interestingly he suggests this name written on his thigh which is also “flank” or “side” among other options has two curious links that indicate his previous relationships with the individual he has given himself to, another aspect of the use of “thigh” as where warriors wore a badge of loyalty, where they also carried their sword. This is also the area Jehovah allowed Moses to touch him upon when he was on Mt. Sinai receiving the Commandments. It therefore is stating to whom He is loyal, who is his King of Kings and Lord of Lords, who “reared” Him into Next Level Membership and made him a King of Kings and Lord of Lords by his many tasks performed for him. And the usage of “side chamber” even goes back to when the Lord referred to as Elohim took a “side chamber” (said as rib) out of Adam’s physical body to grow Eve’s physical body from. Plus Jesus was stabbed in his “side” which was part of prophecy. All this brings together the commonness to Jesus and his Father, his Lord “God” (deity) to Moses and Jehovah of the same relationship to Adam with the same relationship to his Lord then again that were all part of this same individuals “rearing” in the earlier parts of the task which then makes some sense out of how TI said that Do had served incarnate in the names, Adam, Enoch, Moses, Elijah and Jesus as the first five Next Level times of closeness. The sixth closeness was with his Father serving in the role of the undercover incarnate Two Witnesses and the Seventh and Last closeness as the return of the one who served as the Lamb in the name Jesus who is known to us as Do of TI and DO.
This last stage referred to as the WinePress is shown in the end of Revelations chapter 14 that is the last period of time before recycling:
Rev 14:17 And another angel came out of the temple which is in heaven, he also having a sharp sickle.
Rev 14:18 And another angel came out from the altar, which had power over fire; and cried with a loud cry to him that had the sharp sickle, saying, Thrust in thy sharp sickle, and gather the clusters of the vine of the earth; for her grapes are fully ripe.
Rev 14:19 And the angel thrust in his sickle into the earth, and gathered the vine of the earth, and cast it into the great winepress of the wrath of God.
Rev 14:20 And the winepress was trodden without the city, and blood came out of the winepress, even unto the horse bridles, by the space of a thousand and six hundred furlongs.
In the making of grape juice (wine) the skins of the grapes become waste. It is not the Next Level Crew who are doing the “treading under foot” except by setting up the circumstances in which humans and especially the human equivalent space aliens would choose to fulfill that role which is interesting that a translation of this “treadeth” is “to sting (as a scorpion) which then relates directly to Rev 9’s original announcement of this time period where the space aliens are described as having tails that sting like a scorpion and kill a third of mankind. Of course the “third” can refer to the “third part” in which case it may be all of what’s outside the USA which by this time has also been devastated. And the stinging may be more related to the way the space aliens and BEAST’s misinformation mind is poison that results in a Soul death for those that have chose allegiance to the BEAST so were not protected by the Next Level so become “food” (DNA) but even literal food for the BEAST and their Space Alien handlers – needing their “blood” even to survive underground from.
Rev 9:3 And there came out of the smoke locusts upon the earth: and unto them was given power, as the scorpions of the earth have power.
At the time during the Fifth Angels trumpet sounding these space aliens were only allowed to have power over those who were not sealed by God and then had their power for 5 affirmation periods (seals) (alternate translation to “months”) which did not include having the power to kill humans, that is until this sixth and seventh affirmation (seal) period.
-Rev 19:17 And I saw an angel standing in the sun; and he cried with a loud voice, saying to all the fowls that fly in the midst of heaven, Come and gather yourselves together unto the supper of the great God;
-Rev 19:18 That ye may eat the flesh of kings, and the flesh of captains, and the flesh of mighty men, and the flesh of horses, and of them that sit on them, and the flesh of all men, both free and bond, both small and great.
It seems this is the same call to GATHER as we see expressed in Rev 16:14.
-Rev 19:19 And I saw the beast, and the kings of the earth, and their armies, gathered together to make war against him that sat on the horse, and against his army.
Do seems to refer to this event in Session four of the Beyond Human tapes as spacecrafts coming en mass by the thousands, bringing someone to show themselves to have scars in their palms and feet and “flowing hair” and robes saying “peace on earth” and indicating they would solve all the problems on earth. He says this would NOT be Jesus and it wouldn’t be a Representative from our Father’s Kingdom. Some would buy into it though as being Jesus. There are many that are prime targets to believe him. It is a counterfeit and is one of the meanings of the IMAGE. I have wondered if it may even be a hologram that TI and DO spoke about years before they compared to the Fatima sighting and others like it – calling them “tricks.” Do talks about some going with these Luciferian space aliens – perhaps they will take the “strong weeds,” from Our Father’s point of view).
He talks about this as a harvest to where both the Next Level and the Space Aliens are coming in at different times to take their yield of fruit verses weeds into their spacecrafts. Do didn’t know this would be viewable by whoever is alive in human vehicles at that time. It might be that many are dying because it’s Souls that the Next Level harvests and likewise for the space aliens. It could seem like the result of a plague even. The prophecy indicates only those that give their allegiance to the BEAST lose their vehicles from the first of the 7 Angels pouring out their vials.
-Rev 19:20 And the beast was taken ((to squeeze, apprehended, caught, lay hand on)) and with him the false prophet that wrought miracles before him, with which he deceived them that had received the mark of the beast, and them that worshipped his image. These both were cast alive into a lake of fire burning with brimstone.
Here is where the BEAST is slain:
Dan 7:11 I beheld then because of the voice of the great words which the horn spake: I beheld even till the beast was slain, and his body destroyed, and given to the burning flame.
Dan 7:12 As concerning the rest of the beasts, they had their dominion taken away: yet their lives were prolonged for a season and time.
This seems to relate to the time of Rev 19 when Do and Crew come back (but not incarnate again) but with their New physical vehicles and Do with the one dipped in blood, possibly the one he took with him having changed it over into a Next Level vehicle during his task incarnate in the name Jesus.
Dan 7:13 I saw in the night visions, and, behold, one like the Son of man came with the clouds of heaven, and came to the Ancient of days, and they brought him near before him.
Dan 7:14 And there was given him dominion, and glory, and a kingdom, that all people, nations, and languages, should serve him: his dominion is an everlasting dominion, which shall not pass away, and his kingdom that which shall not be destroyed.
So the Luciferian space aliens seem to have a feast on the human DNA right before they are locked up again:
-Rev 19:21 And the remnant ((remaining humans)) were slain with the sword of him that sat upon the horse, which sword proceeded out of his mouth: and all the fowls were filled with their flesh.
I believe these remaining (who were once under consideration to become Next Level students), after the BEAST and False Prophet are dissolved in the Lake of Fire could become physical “food” for the Luciferian Space Aliens though I don’t know exactly to what degree. It may be as it has been, picking them up for their DNA and to become egg and sperm suppliers, among other usages as introduced in Rev 19:17-18 where the Space Aliens, depicted as “fowls” who “eat the flesh of kings and captains, mighty men, horses (humans prepped to serve as state leaders), flesh of all, free and bond, small and great.”
Given that prophecy has it’s literal and figurative interpretations, it would be that humans literally become suppliers of biological agents these space aliens and their human counterparts know they will need to survive underground again. Considering how organ donation and blood donation and sperm and eggs and T- cells and hormones and such are already encouraged among humans to foster longevity for the living for their families or for the survival of mankind, this is all together possible that the Next Level is allowing this to happen so they can survive to be used again by the Next Level. The Next Level would not need them to do this. They just know they can make a positive out of their choices.
By this time, it might be that these space aliens will know they have no other choice but to flee underground. Up until this point they were trying to get humans to build their technology enough to where they could escape the planet as there are plans to put a colony on the Moon and/or on Mars. Although G.W. Bush first announced that project around 2008 yet I’ve not heard of any effort to go to the Moon, but Mars has been talked about. Such a project was privatized through several companies. One is called “Space X” and they put the word out that they were looking for some to go to Mars which they set up a training programs for – to live together under close quarters for their stay there. It seems like a typical way the Luciferians foster a facsimili of the Next Level’s “God Astronaut Training Program.”
Note the Next Level is slaying the remaining, but the remaining don’t seem to be those who have been showing their allegiance to Them as these wouldn’t become flesh for the Space Alien (fowls) to fill themselves with. I suspect the slaying of these pertains to their physical vehicles and that Rev 16:17-21 describes the events of the 7th and last pouring out of vials that includes earthquake(s) that divide the U.S. into three parts falling all cities of nations and what the U.S. had become will be no more. This includes islands vanishing and mountains no longer found and great hail with hale stones that weigh about 90 pounds each – I guess like a meteor barrage.
By this time according to these prophecies it’s not clear whether the Next Level will use Earth for another “Garden” (as now, though is nearly done) or, if they do, when it would become that new Garden or whether it would be used in a different way. Do discussed two options in Session 4 of the Beyond Human tapes talking about the Ages on Earth. He thought there was a “strong possibility” the earth, at the final end of this current age (that’s ending as we speak) may be used as a Next Level Base for a period of time. It seemed to him a healing period would take place first regardless of whether it’s used for a Base or as a new Garden again. If it was used for a Garden then there would be a “new Adam” (He said meant, ‘beginning man, the first “plant”‘) and a “new Eve” with a “new Satan, of all things, someone to represent that same negative, to pull your eyes away from our Father’s Kingdom,” that is if our Father chooses to use the earth Garden in a planting that is like the one that is ending during the remaining years of this current age.
I recall it was 1975 when I heard TI and DO first speak briefly about the earth possibly being used by the Next Level as a Base I didn’t know how to think about it. They spoke a little about how the Next Level has all sorts of projects and that there were planets where human equivalent creatures were growing who were not like earth humans as they didn’t have the negative Luciferian presence. They said that on those places the Next Level could come and go and allow themselves to be seen by the earth’s inhabitants because they wouldn’t try to shoot them down or mistreat them. The Next Level vehicles can be harmed, although they don’t die if a vehicle is harmed because they have become a graduate Soul, a soul being a container for Mind/Spirit – programming for certain functions, memories, etc.
THE LUCIFERIAN SPACE ALIENS ARE LOCKED UP AGAIN
-Rev 20:1 And I saw an angel come down from heaven, having the key of the bottomless pit and a great chain in his hand.
-Rev 20:2 And he laid hold on the dragon, that old serpent, which is the Devil, and Satan, and bound him a thousand years,
-Rev 20:3 And cast him into the bottomless pit, and shut him up, and set a seal upon him, that he should deceive the nations no more, till the thousand years should be fulfilled: and after that he must be loosed a little season ((5550 chronos= time either long or short – from Greek mythological God of Time related to the planet Saturn)).
This “little season” could be described as a “little Saturn” period of time, since “chronos” is the Greek word for Saturn and Saturn is considered “Father time” and TI and DO included Saturn in their first movie script they wrote in 1983-5, so it seems possible it could be about the length of the orbital period of Saturn around the sun, which is 29.5 years and would be a “little” time by Next Level standards while in relationship to the earth’s measure.
Note that use of these mythological names isn’t buying into all the mythologies as accurate depictions of reality in times past, but the part that could be relative might be in the primary meanings to the names of the “gods and goddesses” to provide us with clues for interpretation. One might think we don’t need such interpretation, but for me that’s not the point of doing it and considering it. All these prophecies have been provided by the Next Level for a reason and it appears that reason is for now, that time after the first fruit and Older Members have exited their incarnations. Showing more accuracy to these interpretations that I know I have not accomplished in many cases 100% as what they could be, still becomes something to consider closer to the truth than anything else so becomes a pivot point of our judgment that the Next Level can use to separate each of us to our appropriate “box” for potential salvaging of our Soul for a future classroom after the recycling.
This “little season” is also referred to in Rev 6:11 as the time those who lost their lives in service to the Next Level were to “rest” while their fellow-servants and brethren are killed as was to be fulfilled. This was during the 5th Seal time. That would appear to all be happening in a 40 year period starting from the turn of the millennium, seemingly at the latest point being 2013 when the Next Level started giving a pattern of signs starting from about January to April with a big sign in August and September. These signs seemed to repeat every year thereafter. It would appear the 4th seal may be about 3 1/2 years long, said in Rev 13:5 as “forty two months,” where I have shown before how months from the Greek “men” also can refer to an affirmation period. Therefore that could be saying the 4th seal lasts throughout the 4th and the 5th seal affirmation periods witch is also in total about 40 years time, the time of the “judgment hour.” TI and DO did place significance to the way an “hour” in the Next Levels time frame would be about 40 years on earth, which was described in Peters letter as .”..a day to the Lord is like 1000 years on earth.” Therefore the “little chronous (Saturn) noted during the 5th seal, if it was 29.5 years could be counting to the end of the 6th seal and end of the 40 years as each seal is an opportunity for the Next Level to choose to “save” more souls who have met their criteria for salvage from the recycling. Thus if this “little season” here is about 29.5 years. Along side this timing, one might consider the time of the 7th seal stated as “silence in heaven about the space of half an hour,” which in the time conversion format would be about 20 years.
-Rev 20:4 And I saw thrones ((to sit, a stately seat, power or a potentate – king)), and they sat ((are appointed)) upon them, and judgment ((decision making)) was given ((adventured (tasked with), bestowed)) unto them: and I saw the souls of them that were beheaded ((3990 pelekizo from plesso 4141 and plasso 4111= flatten out, pound (winepress?), fig. inflict with calamity, smite)) for the witness of Jesus, and for the word of God, and which had not worshipped the beast, neither his image, neither had received his mark upon their foreheads, or in their hands; and they lived ((2198 zao= to live, life(-time), (a-)live(-ly), quick)) and reigned ((king, to rule)) with Christ a thousand years.
At this juncture, showing those who give their lives by Standing for TI and DO and/or because of rejecting giving their allegiance to the BEAST, I’m going to post a document I believe Do wrote, but didn’t sign off on or include in Their “Purple Book” or on the Web Site. I got it from Rkkody’s web site he had for a few years before he voluntarily left his vehicle. So it’s not copyrighted nor published anywhere I’m aware of, but really shows the bottom lines to include Do’s statements about there being Three Groups or Types or categories of people that the Next Level will advance to their next station rather than recycling their Souls or Spirits.
TIME TO DIE FOR GOD
ARMAGEDDON – WHICH SIDE ARE YOU ON?
We are at the end of an Age, or the end of another civilization. As was prophesied, this is the “judgment time” for all living creatures on or related to this planet – in other words, the time when “where we find ourselves,” as result of our accumulated choices during our time here, determines our Judgment.
The choices of many will find them in a “mind set” that would see the above statements as “cultish,” radical, and doomsdayish, to say the least, while others have chosen to seek mental nourishment that would have them suspect “Truth” in these statements. With little awareness of it, all of us at this time are finding ourselves aligning with others of common mind. This commonness becomes our mental preoccupation. Though subconscious, it takes the form of our determination or judgment of what is RIGHT or GOOD, or who is superior, or has been suppressed or wronged. Some are also preoccupied with racial supremacy, which religious concept is truly God’s, and who presently represents the real ‘Satan’.”
There is a simple evolutionary procedure which applies to those who might leave or graduate from the human kingdom and enter the Evolutionary Kingdom Level Above Human (the Kingdom of Heaven Kingdom of God.) Periodically, The Kingdom Level Above Human sends one of its members “down” into the human kingdom (to incarnate into a human body) – one who has previously been taken through that evolutionary transition – to offer the knowledge to those who have been “picked” as possible recipients of that graduation information. This Representative of that Next Kingdom literally takes those candidates through their weaning from the human world – assisting them in their actual separation or breaking of ties to their humanness, and helping them “graft” to Him as the Representative of the Next Level. Their final separation is the willful separation from their human body, when they have changed enough to identify as the spirit/mind/soul, ready to put on a biological body belonging to the Kingdom of Heaven. (This entering into their “glorified” or heavenly body takes place aboard a Next Level spacecraft, above the Earth’s surface.)
At the close of an Age there are:
1. Some individuals who have connected with that Representative and separated from humanness enough to move into MEMBERSHIP in that Next Kingdom, and into a physical body belonging to that Kingdom Level Above Human;
2. Those who have not reached that degree of separation, but are aware of and believe the information that the Next Level Representative brought, and are separating to the degree of their capability.
3. Those who are compelled to separate, but who have not seen or consciously known of that Representative – His information or his presence.
These two latter groups will be taken into the keeping of the Next Level until they have a later chance at further separation and overcoming, and they are examples of the meaning of – “If you believe you will be saved.”
This bottom-lines at the point where the only ones who will NOT BE RECYCLED will be THOSE WHO HAVE OVERCOME UNDER THE REPRESENTATIVE’S TUTORSHIP; THOSE WHO HAVE KNOWN HIM AND ARE IN THE PROCESS OF OVERCOMING; and THOSE WHO HAVE HEARD HIS VOICE MENTALLY, BUT HAVE NOT CONNECTED WITH HIM CONSCIOUSLY.
These who have CONNECTED MENTALLY are driven, during this period, to go against the world – the systems, the socially and politically accepted “norms” – and are determined (as if they can’t help themselves) to go to “God” or Allah, by any name, and to die in opposition to this world, or to simply leave it, even by their own hand if necessary – to “go to God” or His Son, according to whatever their religious backgrounds may have been. (For this “End of the Age” task, this Representative and His Father have been closely relating to this civilization since the early 1970’s – their thoughts have been in this atmosphere and “tappable” during this time.)
Some examples of those whose ideologies suggest that they have CONNECTED MENTALLY, cover a broad spectrum – from the Weavers at Ruby Ridge, the Branch Davidians at Waco, the Unabomber, the Order of the Solar Temple, Aum Shinri Kyo of Japan, the Freemen of Montana, to UFO believers, and others. Many like these are still in hiding, while others take the form of the patriot/militia movements, and countless groups that are simply rebelling from the system, the “norm,” and WANT TO GO TO GOD, OR LEAVE THIS CORRUPT WORLD, at any price.
To the groups and individuals mentioned above, and to this Representative who is writing this statement, the representatives of “this world” (the “socially acceptable” – faithful servants of the dominant religions and governments who seek for a future in this world) represent the OPPOSITION, the ” Lower Forces,” or “Satan.” To the mainstream ” acceptable” world, it seems that the religious zealots are “self-righteous,” imbalanced, and dangerous to society’s “norm,” when in reality, those of the mainstream or accepted “norm” are the very ones who have no hesitation to judge or condemn those who are not like them – especially those who are preoccupied with God. They also have no hesitation to impose their ungodly ways and laws “of man” upon those of the rest of the world who are not like them – actively engaging in, or attempting to engage in the punishment or containment of those they would consider religious “radicals’. Examples of how this misplaced judgment is forced upon religious zealots as seen in how the authorities treated the Weavers at Ruby Ridge, David Koresh and the Branch Davidians at Waco, and the actions presently being taken against Saddam Hussein and Iraq.
The leadership of the world, in imposing man’s laws, deceives and lies about the reasons for their actions, making it appear that they are humanitarian. They seldom expose their real motivations of greed and covetousness of what others have, that they feel they must have or remain in control of, in order to continue “saving the world” from what they would consider the “barbaric” or “radical” elements of humanity. These dominant forces are motivated by their own COUNTERFEIT “truth” supported by their COUNTERFEIT religions. Some examples are: how the True God of the Jews has been replaced by a COUNTERFEIT “palatable” God who encourages “go and multiply” (family values) , “peace on Earth,” and seek a global unity toward a Heaven on Earth; and how the True Christ or Jesus has been replaced by a COUNTERFEIT Jesus who lives “within your heart” and preaches the same, i.e., multiply, seek peace on Earth and unity toward the future of mankind.
To state it simply, in this “battle,” the servants of the ungodly side LIKE THIS WORLD and want to EXTEND THEIR LIFE IN IT at any cost – while the servants of the Godly side HAVE GROWN TO DESPISE THIS WORLD AND WANT TO LEAVE IT, looking for someone or something to offer them a way out – though some may be fearful of the unknown – still trusting that whatever is BEYOND must be better than what they have found here.
What mainstream society doesn’t know is that, in fact, THERE IS A REAL PHYSICAL KINGDOM OF GOD from which everything of this world came. THAT KINGDOM STILL HAS COMPLETE POWER OVER THIS WORLD, though it has infrequently exercised it in the latter part of this civilization. However, WE ARE ABOUT TO SEE THAT POWER DRAMATICALLY EXERCISED – PHYSICALLY – NOW, AT THE CLOSE OF THIS AGE. The civilization doesn’t seem to learn that man’s laws and God’s laws do not mix. Man’s laws are structured to protect money, property ownership, and national and family interests, and religions have deteriorated to support these concepts/laws. God’s laws have been reduced to being adhered to by only a few during the time one of His Representatives is present, though because we’re at the End of the Age, the groups and individuals seen as religious radicals are also attempting to move closer to abiding by God’s laws, and find themselves in irrevocable conflict with those who simply abide by man’s laws.
THE ONLY TRUE GOD BY ANY NAME, ON ANY PLANET, IN ANY TIME, IN ANY COUNTRY, IN ANY RELIGION – ONLY WANTS HIS PROSPECTIVE CHILDREN TO DESIRE TO COME TO HIM AND TO HIS KINGDOM BY LEAVING OR GRADUATING FROM THE HUMAN KINGDOM WITH THE HELP OF HIS REPRESENTATIVE.
It seems that those of the socially acceptable mainstream unwittingly at times assist those they see as “radicals” in their goal of wanting to leave the human kingdom, by being instruments of their demise. Also, the feuds between today’s rival ethnic groups are accelerating the judgment of their desires, and the expediting of their end. When we judge others negatively, we are judged negatively, whether the rules of those we judge agree with ours or not. For a nation to condemn another nation or head of a nation because they believe they have a special connection with God, is out of their realm of judgment and is condemnable by the Next Level. The mainstream condemns as if they were sure that their God is the God of Heaven, for they openly mandate what is “right,” “wrong,” or proper concerning the conduct of individuals, groups, other nations, and their leaders.
Whether we like it or not, the Armageddon – The Mother of Holy Wars—has begun, and it will not cease until the plowing under is completed. It may be that the establishment liberates the “radicals” so that they may go “home,” and that the Angelic Armies of the Kingdom of Heaven will complete the spading under- the end of the Age. On which side are you? Will you go onto the keeping of the Next Level, or to dust return?
*** end of document ***
Continuing with the analysis of Rev 20:4…
– It doesn’t seem the word “thrones” is best used here as it relates to the way it’s used before this time as for God and the Lamb (TI and DO), so I would choose “Seat of power.” I say this because at this point it wouldn’t be referring to God and the Lamb, because They already have the authority to judge (make decisions about those they are tasked to minister to by whatever means), so these would be some of the recent graduate “saints,” the twelve in particular Jesus spoke about sitting on thrones to judge the twelve tribes of Israel:
Mat 19:28 And Jesus said unto them, Verily I say unto you, That ye which have followed me, in the regeneration when the Son of man shall sit in the throne of his glory, ye also shall sit upon twelve thrones, judging the twelve tribes of Israel.
TI and DO taught this is the way the Next Level worked; The Older Members give out tasks to their students so then those students gain more hands on experience that is actually a better interface with those coming up as there is not such a big gap between those who just graduated into Next Level membership.
In the setup for the third trimester task, the returning Saints (those who gave their lives in service to Jesus) finish their overcoming, having advanced it significantly when they separated from their human families and lifestyles, behaviors and ways and gave service to Jesus instructions that brought about their martyrdom for God – (something that people do nowadays for any old reason so is meaningless in general, which because of seems to have been part of the strategy that TI and DO would say theirs “wasn’t a martyr trip” and why TI and DO thought they wouldn’t need to lose their human vehicles to step on board the spacecraft). Rev 4:4 indicates the reward for those efforts was their receipt of “crowns of gold” which they also volunteered to “cast…before the throne” by sacrificing the Next Level physical bodies they would have each been awarded to serve TI and DO on spacecrafts, that in so doing would contribute to their task that would yield them, upon graduation an Adult Membership in the Next Level to include an adult model physical vehicle to “wear” (wrap around their Soul body).
I believe this occurs throughout the “Hour of Judgment,” the approx. 40 year period that I suspect began from about 2003-2013 (40 years after TI and DO started out in 1973) with about 3 1/2 years of start up time to begin in earnest by 2017. Do spoke and wrote about how those humans co-opted by the Luciferian space aliens were compared to what Jesus called the “tares” and were by their own choices assisting the Next Level’s “gathering to be burned” by literally killing one another. Thus these who have graduated hold positions (seats) on/among, in the midst, on behalf of, the Throne as they were made “Kings and Priests” to reign over (Rev 5:10) for the benefit of those humans coming up in service to their Older Members, TI and DO.
These would include all who graduated by being with TI (until her exit of her vehicle in 1985) and Do and/or being with Do to their exit of their incarnations, giving all their heart, soul, mind and strength to Him (and his Older Member TI whether they had a personal relationship with TI or not, they would know TI through Do). Rev 14 distinguishes between the “144 and a myriad of thousands” (perhaps 144,000 exactly) and those who are within that number but are separate from that group in some ways as they are referred to as the “Four Living Beings (not Beasts) and “Elders,” presumably the Twenty four (but could refer to more since in other instances twenty four is specified):
Rev 14:3 And they sung as it were a new song before the throne, and before the four beasts, and the elders: and no man could learn that song but the hundred and forty and four thousand, which were redeemed from the earth.
These Sing TI and DO’s song (recognition of them and their prescription, process to overcome the human condition and graduate into the Next Level) and they are not compromising their love by having another “wife” – a spouse, but “wife” is in the context of how the LAMB is the bride, so all His students are his bride. It has nothing to do with gender as gender doesn’t exist among Next Level members. And they also follow the Lamb (where, which, in what place (wherever), he goes. This is not possible if He is not incarnate as they won’t know where he is if they are not with which also applies to when he is in his kingdom. So they must exit when he exits as well to qualify for this part of the graduation. Finally these are considered the First Fruits. They were “bought” by the Next Level (redeemed) from the among the human kingdom.
Rev 14:4 These are they which were not defiled with women; for they are virgins. These are they which follow the Lamb whithersoever he goeth. These were redeemed from among men, being the firstfruits unto God and to the Lamb.
It’s interesting that in the next verse there is further description of them as if the Next Level is separating some from the First Fruit (Do’s Type 1 group) and saying their requirement is that they “find, get, obtain, are found with” no
characteristic of being a “decoy; trickster, someone who baits others or wiles (lure,enticing) them or employs craft, deceit, guile or subtlety. I can easily see how accepting the Mark of the Beast on one’s hand and/or head and/or number and/or name or how one comes to worship the Image (spirituality and tricks with holograms, etc.) of the BEAST (Secret governments – new world order and appearance it portrays to the people that is totally deceitful and manipulating) would then be participating in their deceit so the Next Level would disqualify from saving that Soul.
In this view these just described would be in the first group that includes the 4 Living Being and the Elders, but there is a strong indication that during the 4th and 5th seal periods there are “fellowservants also and their brethren” (Rev 6:11) and that is clearly after the Two and 42 have exited their incarnations as it’s during the 7th Trumpet sounding that they give their lives and are promised “white robes” for doing so. We know that Do said that some of those among the 38 with him when they all exited would have to return to further overcome to receive an Adult Membership in the Next Level. Thus it may be that there are a number who could also qualify to receive a Next Level Student Level body and some elementary service on a spacecraft as well. It doesn’t make sense to me that the Next Level would award some with a “white robe” and then put their soul into a “box” or “on ice” (not literally), the two ways TI and DO spoke about the way the Next Level saves Souls. I would guess that a “white robe” may be of some equivalence to whatever physical vehicles Jesus disciples who gave their lives in service to Jesus got to wear. Plus this wouldn’t seem to be applicable to only those who also had a personal relationship with Do, that is, the dropouts from 1977 or so on, which is when TI and DO said those with them were “adopted” and given “ody” names and amounted to less than 70 students if I recall correctly. I’m saying that because in that same verse:
Rev 6:11 And white robes were given unto every one of them; and it was said unto them, that they should rest yet for a little season, until their fellowservants also and their brethren, that should be killed as they were, should be fulfilled.
it’s stating “fellowservants (literally someone else who is performing service for TI and DO) and their brethren – (a fellow human, which could mean fellow believer to some degree, perhaps in either of the two remaining “types” of humans who Do said could be “saved.”
Back to the last half of Rev 20:4 that is describing these “3 Types Do outlined”:
-Next it speaks of Souls who were “flattened out, pounded (winepress?), fig. inflict with calamity, smitten,” less accurately translated to “beheaded” which is only used in this one verse and in four other verses translated as beheaded from 607 apokephalizo used to describe what happened to John the Baptist while it’s root is not at all limited to beheading as the form of death for these.
-“they lived (are quickened) and reigned with Christ a thousand years” – Since we have no indications those of Do’s type 3 who never heard of TI and DO but who didn’t accept allegiance to the BEAST will be given Next Level vehicles, this must mean that these are given the opportunity to incarnate into a physical human bodies prepared for them again to “stand up again in” (live) to gain further lessons from trying to take over by abiding by all the rules (reign) according to the last one who performed the Christing task (Do), but also may be geared to Jesus Christ’s second trimester classroom behavior and way standards, (though not prohibiting those that seek to adopt TI and DO’s third trimester standards). The same Type 3 group would also not “reign with Christ” as in “rule or judge over others alongside Christ or one who has Overcome the human condition because they haven’t yet earned that seat/position. By indicating the Ones sitting on the seat/throne are given that Judgment, I would think These who Do referred to as Older Members, pertaining to his graduate students would be the ones to administer the lesson plan to this overall group. I would say it could be like the Moses encampment in some ways but with greater interface between Next Level members in their Next Level vehicles in and out of the encampment in some limited way. Do indicated this was possible and even was a “strong possibility” and I would think it fit what Do called a “Next Level Base” more than a “garden” though it could be a predecessor to a new Garden experiment.
The “living” again towards LIFE and abiding by the Christ’s rules (reign) seems to take place during the time of the thousand years time when the Luciferian Space Aliens are once again locked up in their underground and/or undersea prison. This would afford Souls to build strength in a less pressured environment. TI and DO always said their coming and the fact that the Luciferians were assigned to be our Adversary (which they choose to be anyway) was to help us experience an “accelerated growth” “classroom.” They also said that there are other types of classrooms.
-Rev 20:5 But ((1161 de= also, moreover, now)) the rest ((remaining ones, other, which remain, remnant, residue)) of the dead ((nekros from nekus (a corpse))) lived ((anazao= to recover life, (be a-)live again, revive)) not again ((anazao= to recover life, (be a-)live again, revive)) until ((even (until, unto), (as) far (as), how long, (un-)til(-l), (hither-, un-, up) to, while(-s).)) the thousand years (were) finished ((teleo= to end, complete, fill up, perform)). This ((3778 houtos= such as, hearof, the same, (it was that), which, who)) (is the) first ((4413 protos contracted superlative of pro 4253= foremost (in time, place, order or importance), before, beginning, best, chief(-est), first (of all), former)) resurrection ((anastasis= a standing up again)).
So the way I would word this would not break it up into two sentences since there was no such punctuation in the Greek manuscripts and would not ignore how “life” was used twice so I’d rewrite it to:
“Also the remaining dead (humans) do not Revive Life to (Next Level) LIFE until the thousand years completes the same who FIRST “stood up again” (resurrection).
To Do, Resurrection meant – a Soul (the body that grows by receiving Holy Mind/Spirit by abiding by the lesson plan from their incarnate Older Member) who thus had life, having been at the least “saved on ice (so to speak)” after having lessons in a human vehicle awakening to get their Mind into a new human vehicle provided to them during the time of an Older Members incarnate presence. In Do and Crew’s video tape series, Beyond Human – The Last Call, in Session 3 of 12 he talks about the First Resurrection as taking a “dead worthless plant” into LIFE by getting their Next Level Mind, true information, behavior and ways, contained in their Soul container into that otherwise dead plant. (The plant is dead because without Next Level mind in it, it is destined to function off it’s genes and lower force influences and then die with no future.) When Do began to talk about this his student body was mostly secure in their commitment to He and TI so They were the First to Resurrect – bring a dead human body into Life, finally by adhering to their instructions to leave their human bodies behind, trusting their Soul body would rise up into a Next Level spacecraft where it would be moved into a Next Level MADE body appropriate to each students capacity.
Do then expressed that those watching the Beyond Human tapes who believed Do was their Older Member and sought to engage their overcoming process would be in their Second Resurrection, that is second in two ways – because they were also returning Souls who had their start in a human vehicle before, which was the reason what Do was saying made sense to them and because they were the recipients of the Second Offering of the truth, starting in the early 1990’s as “Jesus” return (in quotes because it’s not the same vehicle named Jesus that returns- it’s the Older Member who was incarnate in that vehicle named Jesus who returns) which even continues to this time.
Some Christian speaker/writers say the second resurrection is the raising to physical life of those who rejected Jesus being raised to their damnation because of their choices, but they fail to actually examine the meaning of the term as “to stand up again” which refers to coming into a new leaf on the human genetic tree, like Do said and bringing it to either life by connecting with TI and DO’s information that yields life when applied or bringing it to death by not connecting with the truth so being recycled in the lake of fire.
So the first group were “souls,” which is rooted in their last vehicle having received “breath” – as in the “breath of life,” a “Soul deposit” shown in Genesis as given to the Next Level MADE, (perhaps a student model), physical vehicle, named Adam (for example), that made him a “living Soul,” (because he then had the capacity to LIVE (change that body into an Adult Next Level Member) by overcoming the influence of the Luciferian Space Alien deceiver (hisser/serpent) by abiding by his Older Member’s instructions, behaviors and ways to please the Older Member.
Breath is equal to spirit which is equal to mind and coming from the Next Level Older Members is “holy (pure) Mind/Spirit”) as opposed to human mind which is Luciferian Space Alien driven by the misinformation they feed humans, but which becomes the catalyst to overcome.
Thus those humans who are said to be “dead,” having never received that Soul container or never “sprouted” that seed, who are therefore according to the Next Level still dead to any future Next Level membership, are given another chance to grow and thus “live,” though it would be after the 1000 years while the Souls (who were not considered dead) were seemingly incarnating into human vehicles to learn lessons by ABIDING BY THE RULES/INSTRUCTIONS (reign) of Christ – (the Older Members who provide the WAY, the TRUTH and the LIFE as the example to overcome the human mammalian evolutionary kingdom, which is the Christing process). It seems altogether possible that this time period spoken of as the Souls “reigning with Christ” may be a task for the FIRST fruit graduates to monitor and manage on behalf of Their Older Members, probably the new Younger Members of the Next Level who were given that task of certain decision making (judgment) having been in the positions of the Four Living Beings and/or those counted as the Twelve Pillars of the Temple New Jerusalem and their crew of the remaining of the Twenty Four (or more) Elders and any on their crews (that could be the remainder of the difference between 42 and 28).
-Rev 20:6 Blessed and holy is he that hath part ((privilege, course, allotment, delegation)) in the first ((foremost, before, beginning, best, chief, former)) resurrection ((standing up again)): on such the second death hath, no power, but they shall be priests ((2409 hiereus= + (high) priest)) of God (([The Father/Jehovah])) and of Christ (([Lamb/Jesus])), and shall reign ((rule, abide by his instructions)) with ((according to)) him a thousand years.
So the ones who are still in a “dead condition” until they have another chance to “rise to Life” are not assured they won’t be recycled. Plus it’s interesting how those in that FIRST Rising Up to Life – (awakening in a human vehicle to the Older Members “process” they can choose to embrace to result in gaining Next Level Life) are described as “priests” which may be not unlike the way the Levites in Jehovah/Moses student body served as “priests” – as “helpers” TI and DO probably would have referred to them as – to administer their Older Members instructions on the ground, in the encampment of the saints as it states later.
-Rev 20:7 And when the thousand years are expired, Satan shall be loosed out of his prison,
According to Rev 20:3 Satan is then loosed out of his prison for a “little (least, small, less, short, brief, little rank of influence) time (season).” Given that “season” here is from the Greek word Chronos (and can be shown to be related to Kronos) as a “child” of Zeus aka Zas and thus Saturn aka “Father Time,” this “little time” could be as little as a Saturn orbit of the sun calculated to be about 29.5 earth years or could be a longer period in which time the Luciferians:
-Rev 20:8 And shall go out to deceive the nations which are in the four quarters of the earth, Gog, and Magog, to gather them together to battle: the number of whom is as the sand of the sea.
-Rev 20:9 And they went up on the breadth of the earth, and compassed ((surrounded)) the camp of the saints about, and the beloved city: and fire came down from God out of heaven, and devoured them.
As described in section IV.F.2. THE GATHERING AT ARMAGEDDON, the Camp of the Saints seems to be a triangular area TI and DO once outlined that I only recall part of that I think included Magdalena, Manzano and Mountainaire areas in New Mexico. Manzano but certainly could include a much broader area.
The “beloved city” would be both an indication of a people and a larger geographical area and by the records in the Old Testament would be the New Jerusalem on the refurbished earth with it’s “heavenly counterpart” being a new spacecraft that is described as 1360 miles square hovering over the area of the earth that the “meek” have inherited (as Jesus said would happen).
Thus this “camp of the saints” and the “beloved city” may become a type of new nation comprised from all the ethnicities that were in the U.S. when the Next Level issued the events that caused the kings, etc. to flee into their mountain hideaways and the destruction of the U.S. as a nation in the 7th Vial’s pouring out and in Rev 18 and 19 when the BEAST and False Prophet are cast into the Lake of Fire, it seems before this 1000 years begins.
I’ve had to wonder when I saw many American Indian tribes descend upon the area where the North Dakota pipeline is being built, trying to stop that pipeline, saying it will threaten to pollute their water when it is planned to go under the Missouri river, whether that too was a Next Level stimulated “gathering.” They have set up camp and are surrounded by militaristic private police forces from all over and there have been many arrests and use of pepper spray and rubber bullets and manhandling tactics and even provocateurs with weapons but the people have maintained their peaceful protective effort they call “Standing Rock.” It reminds me of when Jesus said that the “meek shall inherit the earth.” The Next Level can stimulate the motivation for such movements just by desiring it for those they see as doing the best they can to live by Next Level ways. Considering how water is not the prime way the Next Level will destroy the earth or the areas of the earth they most want to spade under, actually being away from the mountains and forests will be a good thing, which is also the case with Magdelena and Manzano and Mountainaire relatively speaking. It’s the mountains where the kings of the earth are running to hide within. How convenient to then make those mountains fall down and/or fill with lava when it’s time to recycle them.
Though there are “signs” up until this time, through “waves roaring” (Luk 21:25), large tsunami’s and hurricane’s, water is not the primary way the Next Level performs the spading. It’s by fire in all it’s forms – drought and volcanic activity and humans with their war, with fires as the heat of passions – unbridled anger, jealousy, envy and through lusts and a shaking down of the mountains. Where prophecy indicates that “every island fled away” that could mean they were submerged but perhaps not from the sea overtaking them like from a tsunami, but because an island is like a little mountain rise and it will be shook down as it’s indicated that “mountains were not found.”
We certainly have seen how the forests fires have raged in the U.S. western states and as of this fall of 2016 throughout the south east as well as most of the U.S. has been experiencing drought. It’s interesting how humans want to take credit for it and have people believe they can fix it by using less carbon fuels. These are people that apparently have no idea how small they are with their technologies that produce heat compared to the Next Levels systems – Sun, Volcano’s, other internal heat sources. But the times are such that humans often without any recognition of even the existence of the Next Level are also thinking earthquakes are human stimulated, like with HAARP and from fracing and underground drilling and underground city building. No doubt some of that activity can stimulate quaking but most and especially the large ones have nothing to do with human activity.
It could be that the Next Level will preserve certain areas where people more in tune with Them in whatever ways, in whatever terms might gravitate which would be the Next Level way to “gather” people, like I’ve been suggesting about that Magdelena – Manzano – Mountainaire area of New Mexico. Manzano is the closest little town near to where Do and Crew began to build what they called their “Monastery Fortress” (main building being an earthship design) that had in it’s plans a lookout tower and where they slept in bunk houses (barracks as soldiers of the Lord) (designed originally as a boy scout camp used before They bought it) and a “pharmacy” (I would make an educated guess to be a largely naturopathic one).
From the definitions given for “camp” in Rev 20:9 it’s very interesting to look very much like this “camp of the saints” is very NEAR, BESIDE, IN THE VICINITY OF, ABOVE where the Luciferian Space Aliens (dragon and his angels) are once again THROWN and thus CAST INTO for their ETERNAL PUNISHMENT (in the lake of fire) as a result of the final battle:
3925 parembole from a compound of para 3844* and emballo 1685**; a throwing in beside (juxtaposition), i.e. (specially), battle-array, encampment or barracks (tower Antonia)= army, camp, castle.
*3844 para a primary preposition; formally, near; i.e. (with genitive case) from beside (literally or as a figure), (with dative case) at (or in) the vicinity of (objectively or subjectively), (with accusative case) to the proximity with (local (especially beyond or opposed to) or causal (on account of)= above, against, among, at, before, by, contrary to, X friend, from, + give (such things as they), + that (she) had, X his, in, more than, nigh unto, (out) of, past, save, side…by, in the sight of, than, (there-)fore, with. In compounds it retains the same variety of application.
**1685 emballo from en 1722 and ballo 906; to throw on, i.e. (as a figure) subject to (eternal punishment)= cast into.
It’s no secret that among locations where there was said to be interface between humans and these Luciferian space aliens, New Mexico is most noted. President Dwight G. Eisenhower was reported to have met with space aliens on several occasions. Perhaps the first meeting was reported to have occurred in February of 1954 while he was reported to be on vacation in Palm Springs, CA. The aliens were “Nordic” in appearance, tall and grey skinned looking and one report was that they had large noses so were called the “big nose grays.” It was reported that there was an agreement that these aliens would provide the U.S. with their space craft technology if the U.S. would not interfere with their abductions of humans. This or one or more of these meetings were reported to take place at Holloman Air Force base which is six miles southwest of the central business district of Alamogordo, NM.
Then there was an alleged underground base said to be near Dulce, New Mexico – in the northeast corner of the state that was said to be a number of levels beneath the surface and that on the upper levels were controlled by earth humans while the lower levels were under the control of human equivalent space aliens, all of whom are Luciferian because Do said that all were Souls that became renegades against the Next Level and engaged in hybridization of new physical bodies to operate through. It was said that in 1979 there was a type of “altercation” between the humans and the space aliens and a number of mostly humans were killed and that soured their relationship.
There was also reports of a man named Paul Benowitz who was said to be a scientist who got involved in the UFO/Space Alien phenomena starting around 1979-1980 that involved a number of people like Dr. Leo Sprinkle (psychologist/hypnotherapist of alien abduction claimants – one in particular who indicated being taken to the underground Dulce, NM base in which she saw “vats” of human organs and said the aliens were implanting devices into abductees to track them and manipulate them) and Linda Moulten Howe (cattle abduction phenomena), generals, senators and other researchers. He had amassed a great deal of video footage of spacecraft lights around the Manzano mountain range and in relationship to Kirtland AFB south of Albuquerque, NM. He had also allegedly developed technology to intercept radio transmissions between space aliens and their abductees. This is most interesting because of how Do said years later that the aliens could beam down to humans messages, even en masse to keep them asleep and addicted to their human behaviors – sexuality being a big one that reduces one’s common sense to thus see and understand more of what’s real.
Thinking of this indication of the Space Aliens being near to the Camp of the Saints and possibly to the Beloved City brings into focus the way Sante Fe, NM, in it’s outskirts in Los Alamos and the Sandia National Laboratory and Phillips Laboratory, both of which conduct ultra-top-secret government research, together with these other AFB locations make a pretty strong case as being a space alien stronghold that is mostly underground so may very well be where these same Luciferian space aliens are cast into again that puts them “near, beside, in the vicinity of” the “camp of the saints” in Manzano, in between these two areas to the north and south in New Mexico. Wouldn’t that be convenient for the Next Level to have them close by to one another so they could be preserved, with the Luciferian under ground to be used again and the saved humans above the ground. I’ve then imagined if the Next Level wanted to start a new “garden” with a New Adam as Do said would happen if it was to become a new Garden would be equip with the New Satan as well in the same vicinity to set up the testing criteria again.
This flocking together seems to be comprised in part of all those SOULS who once in human vehicles “Stood for TI and DO” during this tribulation period from about 2017 to 2021, especially, and were “subdued/overcome” by the BEAST as described in Rev 13:5-7. The time frame mentioned there was “forty two months” which are the same words used in Rev 11:2 that seemed to depict the the time when those in the FIRST fruit harvest were “tread on foot” through the “temple” area, the location where TI and DO and Crew took human vehicles to “dwell” west of the Mississippi river, primarily in the southwestern states. In that depiction they were not going to focus on the “court” area which I believe is east of the Mississippi river and the northern states and into Canada and potentially other English speaking areas of the world. Yet, during these years would then be the time to stand for TI and DO in these courtyard areas that are actually all more populated with staunch Christians as opposed to the west that is mostly populated by people who have come out of Christianity, though have often entrenched into another religion or spiritual practice, often related to Buddhism. I suspect those in the west are mostly now “overripe” for harvest-ability, but I could be wrong and of course there are always some in every camp that can still come out of that camp to see the ultimate truth in TI and DO’s teachings.
Just like seemed likely in Rev 11:2, largely because of that wording of “forty two months” where the Greek “men” translated in both of these verses to “months” can also be translated to A PERIOD OF AFFIRMATION that I don’t believe is coincidental. If it was meant to be 1260 days in both cases why not say it that way, as that was how the same period was described for the Two Witnesses to prophesy. TI and DO didn’t need to affirm to the Next Level Older Members anything. They already were Older Members in the Next Level.
But since it was said differently, the reason could seem to be that there are 42 students making their affirmation during the 4th seal time period just like there ended up being 42 who laid down their lives with and in service to Do, (and TI) as their affirmation, which is the same thing as upholding their “covenant” (Rev 6:2 “bow,” as in rainbow and actually there having to do with being born).
It’s interesting with this perspective that 42 + 42 = 84, which just so happens is quite close to the number of students Jesus sent out or had in his group, listed as “70” (which goes back to the Moses first trimester classroom when Jehovah gave Moses an instruction to appoint 70 elders of the tribes to perform certain functions). Those 70 Jesus students were it seems in addition to the 12 who were traveling with Jesus, thus equaling 82 plus John the Baptist, who was also part of that overall crew.” I suspect he was the same Soul who had been serving with Moses, appointed by Jehovah in the vehicle named Aaron and the equivalent to Miriam might then be Mary Magdalene which brings the total to 84 that rounds out the entire crew. It would seem this second group of 42 have the potential to make the equivalent grade to some of the first 42, as Do said some in his group he thought would have to return to finish their overcoming as I suspect would this second group of 42 as one can not graduate into adult Next Level Membership without being in the physical presence of our Older Members to lead us through each particular “birth canal.”
Now this is not to say this is the limit of believers/graduates, because during this same 42 month time period of their AFFIRMATION, which also is part of the meaning of each SEAL that includes staged opening of the “book” for different ones, anyone can give it their best shot. The BOOK refers to the combined two parts with the FIRST part written from the INSIDE (by Do and Crew – still available today in August of 2016 as a free download on Heavensgate.com and the LAST part, said as the BACKSIDE is written AFTER the FIRST Harvest and refers to the historic records – again the time period BEHIND the FIRST FRONTSIDE which seem to be shown in this writing effort. There will be many who awaken more to believing in TI and DO through both sides of the BOOK who when it dawns on them could “hit the deck running to connect with TI and DO and Stand in defense of Them, which will also be standing for the real Jesus teachings and in that process some will lose their human lives to (as shown in the next two SEALS (5 and 6) where they also receive their just reward for their SELF sacrifice, showing the Next Level they are their “sons of God” who will be led to the living fountain that will result in their graduation from the human kingdom to adult membership in the Next Level.
All these who GIVE THEIR LIVES IN THE SERVICE PROVIDED, (not some other idea of what is service) – that of giving witness testimony to what TI and DO taught may receive a Next Level made vehicle at some point and literally dwell with Do (and possibly to some degree, TI) and the FIRST Graduates on board part of the New Jerusalem spacecraft during the time after both the earth and the area called the First “heaven” are renewed.
Another view of this time period seemingly starting before the 1000 years is described in Revelations chapter 7. This is set to the time during the end of the 6th Seal time period, that seems to be before the Angel pours out their 7th Vial (plagues/calamities) in Rev 16:17-21, because it’s that Vial’s pouring out that results in the division of the U.S. into three parts, and causes the “cities of nations” to fall and causes “islands to flee away” and “mountains to no longer be found” because of the greatest earthquakes seen to date and follows that with a great amount and size of “hail stones” (that each weigh about 90 pounds each). Since Rev 7:3 indicates that the sealing of the 144,000 needs to take place BEFORE “hurting… the earth, (and it’s remaining humans), nor the sea nor the trees,” (all indications of their literal interpretation) because and those Vial operations certainly would “hurt” these three parts of the planet, the sealing of the 144,000, as described in Rev 7:4-8, must happen before that “hurting” is accomplished. If this 144,000 number was speaking of Souls alone, then harming the earth would have no affect on them so why put it off. Therefore these seem to be human vehicles who do have “Soul” deposits, which is why they are described as “sealed servants of our God in their foreheads” as even if they never heard of TI and DO, they were in their way abiding by God’s laws, which is a service to God, no matter how they refer to God. For instance perhaps many of the American Indians who speak of the Great Spirit are serving the One True God. The Elders of the Sioux tribe that were met by a reported 2000 U.S. Veterans in their Dakota Access Pipeline fight to save the Missouri river water from spills that are bound to happen, told the veterans not to intimidate or fight against the police and National guard but to just help those who were manning the barricades and being hit with pepper spray and tear gas and water canons in 26 degree Fahrenheit temperatures and rubber bullets and concussion grenades. To me that is Standing for God’s laws to not return violence with violence. And these were fighting against the U.S. BEAST and the tribal leaders were actually offered over a billion dollars for their land, I heard reported, but wouldn’t take it.
Putting a SEAL on these 144,000 saves their Souls from the “second death”, (that is, when they lose their physical vehicles) and seems to depict what Do called the Third Group of those who would be salvaged from the recycling who don’t even know about TI and DO. These I believe would be who Do referred to as being, “put on ice (not literally).” and would have another chance to grow towards Next Level membership after the recycling.
The Second Group are those who did recognize Do as their Older Member and who did begin their separation from humanness and their Overcoming Metamorphosis that included Standing for TI and DO in particular and facing losing their human vehicles life because of. These are described as a multitude who came through the Great Tribulation – time of great trouble and affliction (and of course also didn’t give their allegiance to the BEASTS. These are described as not only being “sealed” but as having “washed their robes” – in other words, cleaned their human vehicles behavior as described in Rev 14:4-5.
-Rev 7:15 Therefore are they before ((in the face or presence or sight of)) the throne ((seat)) of God, and serve ((a hired menial [perhaps what Do called “elementary service” like what the Luciferians had as “watchers” (observers) before they fell and renegaded from the Next Level and that service])) him day and night in his temple ((dwelling)): and he that sitteth on the throne shall dwell among them.
Note there is no “temple” in the New Jerusalem spacecraft, (Rev 21:22), therefore this designated “temple” is referring to that multitude as a group and/or in a particular area and I presume having some type of physical vehicle as otherwise, since these have not yet graduated, since I never heard TI and DO talk about service in the Next Level without having a physical vehicle it’s possible they are awarded with what I call a Student Model Next Level vehicle, in a sense replacing those who became the Luciferian fallen angels, which TI and DO did indicate in the Blackhawk tapes some would be rising up to.
In Rev 20:4 during the 1000 years when the Luciferian space aliens are once again locked up in the depths (beneath the earth and/or sea), it speaks of the “souls” (thus those without bodies at that time) who had been “beheaded (cut down, slain, killed, separated from their human vehicles (Greek apokteino), aka harvested) for the witness of Jesus,” which would seem to mean, literally having a human vehicle during the time Jesus was incarnate as one of his disciples who were with him, perhaps as the 70 and/or “Standing in support of Him” after he left and losing their vehicles life at that time because of their taking that Stand. That wouldn’t seem to include the 4 Living Beings or the 24 Elders as they had exited the human vehicles they “borrowed” by dying themselves with TI and DO and were in receipt of new physical vehicles grown for them (“clothed in fine linen, white and clean”) when they returned in spacecrafts (“white horses”), as shown in Rev 19:14, to participate in the deciding (“judgment”) task of sorting – pulling up the tares, etc. which is indicated takes place by the time of the 1000 years that the Luciferians are once again locked up when these “reigned with Christ a thousand years.”
This time describing their being with the most recently “anointed” (Christ) who was last incarnate in the vehicle named “Do,” but who now only has a name his crew-member’s know is also shown in Rev 19:12. It also states in Rev 20:4 that these who were beheaded (killed) for the witness of Jesus were also killed for the Word of God. Since Jesus was described as the “Word of God” – it’s not like the Next Level to repeat that same event depiction in a different way unless it’s meant to be understood in a different way, which I suggest is saying they had “died their vehicles twice,” once while testifying to all Jesus said (His Words) and did and then during the recent time of great tribulation as shown starting with and/or immediately after the 4th Seal opening but certainly by the time of the 5th Seal opening and affirmation period – dying again but this time for the most current manifestation of the “Word of God,” that which TI and DO and Crew said and did.
Giving testimony to what Jesus actually taught was all about recognizing, that to make application to his team, one must separate from their human roots, mostly anyone and everyone who would try to hold you back from giving your all to your Older Member’s service, and from human addictions, the foremost of which is to all forms and degrees of human sexuality, etc. This is because becoming a Member of the Next Level means grafting to a new family tree as Jesus also taught and aborting all sexual thoughts and behaviors is needed because there is no sexuality among Next Level members so one must cease keeping that programming alive in our heads because the content of our Mind must become compatible with the new Next Level vehicle each graduate receives.
This is what is meant by one needing to give all their love, (heart, mind, Soul and strength) to the Lord, to include one’s human life (in all ways it entails) which directly would mean the same kinds of things Jesus taught and demonstrated but would extend to testifying, referred to by Do and Crew as STANDING FOR TI and DO and defending everything about them and how they were the current representatives from the Kingdom who created all the life forms and how Do evidenced being the incarnate return of the same Soul who was in the vehicle named Jesus.
However like we just described from Rev 7, this Rev 20:4 verse also included those who had perhaps never heard of TI and DO but who and/or those who may not have been a disciple of Jesus who gave their lives for him then, but who had still separated from their humanness in their own ways by not worshiping (serving, working for) the BEAST equivalent in their day The Roman govt and it’s false idol IMAGES (what TI called “copies” of what the Kingdom of God taught and did, as seen in their various religions.
Thus all these Souls then “lived and reigned with Christ a thousand years” where “live” is the animating force, having the provision of a physical biological vehicle of some kind in which to function in the dense physical world. I don’t think “Reigning with Christ” means “Ruling alongside Jesus” as that translation could imply because it’s the vehicles they are going to “live through” – use to further their overcoming that is what will be the “foundation of power of Christing (overcoming the human kingdom)” that is “with” (accompanied by some who had become Christs – had overcome the human kingdom, which may be a circumstance similar to the Moses encampment. It seems the Member of the Next Level who served in the vehicle named Moses was a Christ, having according to TI been incarnate before then in the vehicle named Enoch who “walked with God” and was “taken,” thus did not die to go to Heaven. Remember how Jesus said only those who came from the Next Level could ascend into the Next Level.
John 3:13 And no man hath ascended up to heaven, but he that came down from heaven, even the Son of man which is in ((with)) heaven.
Aaron was likely a Student Soul who had come a long way in his “Christing” process. I only say that as a comparison that they may be living outdoors in temporary shelters with no infrastructure or government, and may have regular interface with any number of those who had “overcome” which would be any of the 4 Living Beings and/or 24 Elders, possibly visible to and/or walking among them at times with these Souls who would be in Next Level grown vehicles.
I say this because of:
Rev 19:4 And the four and twenty elders and the four beasts fell down ((falling, alighted, flying)) and worshipped God that sat on the throne, saying, Amen; Alleluia.
Here they “fell down” or said as alighted or fly down and serve. This is said after the “great whore” (America – all those who constitute the BEAST) is said to have been judged in verses Rev 19:1-3.
This next verse implies the 4 Living Beings and the 24 Elders are part of the throne. We know they work for the throne and are considered kings having overcome and graduated in 1997 but the throne was always spoken of as God or that Lamb sitting on it, which this doesn’t change but shows these are acting as one Mind in the tasks on the throne:
Rev 19:5 And a voice came out of the throne, saying, Praise our God, all ye his servants, and ye that fear him, both small and great.
Rev 19:6 And I heard as it were the voice of a great multitude, and as the voice of many waters, and as the voice of mighty thunderings, saying, Alleluia: for the Lord God omnipotent reigneth.
So here is yet another show of a “great multitude” “small and great” serving. Again this is very akin to the Three Groups of Individuals Do said would be “saved from the recycling.” First, those who had given their all to the incarnate REP – Do (whether they completed their metamorphosis, overcoming, Christing or not) as “great,” Second, those who recognized the REP and began their separation from the human kingdom and began their metamorphosis but had weaknesses so needed more work, and Third those who never knew of the REP but had separated from their humanness in their own way – seemingly by not aligning with the BEAST to receive it’s mark or work for it’s Image (Spirituality and/or even a Luciferian stimulated Hologram like Fatima), etc, those that might be under the general type called “small.”
Thus these seem to represent a community – a tribe of vehicles in different grades in the Next Level’s school able to interface with the Souls who were a match for those vehicles in their schooling. It could even be describing a new classroom where they could learn to form a stronger bond with their Older Member.
This next verses indicate this group will, in their future, have no hunger or thirst nor sun light nor heat so they must be in the presence of, the Holy City New Jerusalem that is the only indication of a Next Level craft “dwelling with men” which is confirmed as taking place after the seven plagues (vials) are poured out completely (fulfilled) on earth in Rev 15:8.
Rev 15:8 And the temple was filled with smoke from the glory of God, and from his power; and no man was able to enter into the temple, till the seven plagues of the seven angels were fulfilled.
That completion of these seven Vials (plagues) is shown here, saying “it is done”:
Rev 16:17 And the seventh angel poured out his vial into the air; and there came a great voice ((through the idea of disclosure, sound, tone, sound of uttered words, speech, language, tongue)) out of the temple of heaven, from the throne, saying, It is done.
These next depictions of “voices, etc.” don’t indicate they are coming from the Next Level as communication but do seem to match the next prophecy that would seem to be the start of a repeated cycle with the trumpets sounding again, which could very well mean the start of the next classroom will occur after/during that 1000 years. In this case the “half hour” may be reflective of about 20 years time without any disclosures, while also resembling the start of a “little season” when Lucifer is locked up followed by a little season when Luciferian space aliens are allowed to once again gather humans for their last battle as shown in the Magdalena, NM vicinity. Note in Rev 8:5 the same order of statements re: voices, thunderings and lightnings and an earthquake. As I interpreted in the first attempt to understand this same verse this could be an earthquake in the same area that was called the New Madrid fault line.
Rev 16:18 And there were voices ((disclosure, noise, sound, voice)) and thunders ((roar)), and lightnings ((bright shining)); and there was a great earthquake, such as was not since men were upon the earth, so mighty an earthquake, and so great.
The Great City is the USA, referred to as the “woman,” America, the Mystery Babylon and the Secret U.S. New World Order government aka the BEAST whose territory in the continental U.S. is divided into three parts:
Rev 16:19 And the great city was divided into three parts, and the cities of the nations ((ethnicities, gentiles – [European cities and/or cities all over the planet])) fell: and great Babylon (([the Secret (mystery) Govt of the BEAST])) came in remembrance ((to stay, to handle or squeeze, to chew, gnaw as a fixture in mind, a recollection, punishment)) before God, to give unto her the cup ((lot, or fate)) of the wine of the fierceness of his wrath.
Rev 16:20 And every island fled away ((ran away, shunned, vanished, escaped)), and the mountains were ((find, get, obtain, perceive, see)) not ((negative, unworthy, without)) found ((find, get, obtain, perceive, see)).
This appears similar, to Rev 6:14:”..and every mountain and island were moved out of their places,”, which at that time during the start of the Sixth Seal would seem to be a stage of proving humans with more evidence of the Next Level so they might still change their mind from who they give their allegiance to whereas in this Rev 16 time it’s at the very end of the period decribed as the last vial being poured out that then includes:
Rev 16:21 And there fell upon men a great hail out of heaven, every stone about the weight of a talent: and men blasphemed God because of the plague of the hail; for the plague thereof was exceeding great.
And the same sequence of events is shown:
Rev 11:19 And the temple of God was opened in heaven, and there was seen in his temple the ark of his testament: and there were lightnings, and voices, and thunderings, and an earthquake, and great hail.
These events usher in the bringing about of the new earth that includes the new 144,000 “tribe of overcomers” who were sealed during this sixth seal time – Souls who would be given their next step towards graduation, it seems, after the Luciferian space aliens are let out again because that’s when the testing for the new civilization seems to start again.
-Rev 7:16 They shall hunger no more, neither thirst any more; neither shall the sun light on them, nor any heat.
Again this is projecting the future for these that seems to be shown in more detail by:
Rev 21:1 And I saw a new heaven and a new earth: for the first heaven and the first earth were passed away; and there was no ((3756 ou= no negative, unworthy man)) more ((2089 eti= further, hereafter, “yet,” still (of time or degree), after that)) sea ((2281 thalassa= probably prolonged from hals 251= salt; the sea.
There are no clear indications that all the literal seas (oceans, seas (Galilee, Mediterranean, black/dead, Caspian)) are vanished. There are indications all living creatures in the sea die – being turned to blood and I imagine that can include certain of the Luciferian Space Aliens who may have their spacecrafts and/or bases under the sea as indicated:
Isa 27:1 In that day the LORD with his sore and great and strong sword shall punish leviathan the piercing serpent, even leviathan that crooked serpent; and he shall slay the dragon that is in the sea.
Plus the wicked are compared to a troubled sea:
Isa 57:20 But the wicked are like the troubled sea, when it cannot rest, whose waters cast up mire and dirt.
In Rev 20:13 during the judgment of the dead it was recorded that the “sea gave up the dead which were in it.”
Plus we know that the BEAST rose up from out of the sea in rev 13:1 which was powered by the Luciferian Space Aliens in rev 13:4, confirmed by:
Dan 7:2 Daniel spake and said, I saw in my vision by night, and, behold, the four winds of the heaven strove upon the great sea.
Dan 7:3 And four great beasts came up from the sea, diverse one from another.
The Great Sea could be generally referring to the human kingdom with great also being translated to “big” and/or it can refer to certain bodies of literal water. In Daniels time the Mediterranean Sea was considered to be a “Great Sea” but I can’t imagine all the bodies of water being in that category yet as with most all prophecy there could be a specific meaning intended for the fulfillment of prophecy. In that case I would suggest the Mediterranean is a “great sea” given it’s the most immediately accessible and largest body of water in the vicinity where the Next Level started the current civilizational experiment and sent Their incarnate Representative to who was incarnate in the name Jesus. And following that thinking to where the U.S. mainland became the next location for the Next Level’s staging of the Third Trimester and subsequent lesson plans, there is the “Great Salt Lake” and the “Great Lakes” in between Canada and the U.S. that may be the “sea” or “seas” referenced in prophecy.
In Rev 16:3 when the second angel pours out their vial on the sea it becomes the blood of the dead and “every living (breathing) creature in the sea dies.
Thus this verse’s use of sea may be specific to the Mediterranean sea’s drying up or being turned to blood by volcanic activity that makes it a sea of glass – molten glass as in other verses the Members of the Next Level are shown as standing on a sea of glass which can be showing how they conquered “hell” that encapsulates the presence of the lower forces that previously, and still could be finding their safe harbor in or under the sea and/or under the earth under the sea – in other words having a sea entrance perhaps, as Isaiah’s prophecy can indicate.
Since prophecy indicated those who are responsible for killing the prophets and persecuting the Next Level’s chosen vehicles that provided the lesson ground for returning Souls in their various “trimesters” toward their “spirit birth” – even grades in school as TI and DO first compared the Next Level “process” to, the sea that is said to be no more could be literal or speaking of certain seas and/or parts of what we currently call seas – even entire oceans. For instance, today’s science community seems to agree that the western U.S. shows a great deal of evidence of once being under water. It would not be far fetched to consider that the Next Level terraform the planets they make into “gardens.” For instance if they stimulate enough volcanic activity in the middle of a great lake or to where the lava from erupting volcano’s flows into any water body no matter how big or small and this is accomplished repeatedly and/or constantly over many years, I suppose all the waters could be dried up – converted to steam as is happening right now in August of 2016 and/or new islands would form and/or extensions of the current islands and even forcing waters into other areas as a result, even reshaping continents, submerging some places and elevating others with all the related earthquakes, etc.
From the satellite mapping data it’s apparent to see layers and layers of magma that flowed over large swatches of the western U.S. mountains that grew land masses from many of the once volcanically active mountains. I just watched a report from yesterday the 27th of August from an individual who has been using 3D software where he plots earthquake activity and relates to where there is evidence of volcanic activity, like for instance Mt. St. Helens in the U.S. state of Washington. This person has been tracking earthquakes for over a decade now and that activity has significantly increased many fold since the mid 1990’s when Do and crew came public as the “resurfacing” of the one who was incarnate in the prepared human vehicle named, “Jesus” and the same souls referred to as His “saints.” Just today on 12/06/2016 I saw a science report that suggested the entire center of the Earth is magma. I can imagine the Next Level knows how to start the pumps to bring it up in many areas at the same time.
The possibilities are many, but I can imagine the Next Level could take a sea and use lava to heat it up like a caldron, in such a way to boil whatever elemental soup that could be left to cool and result in a “transparent sea” or even hardened sea of glass which is what sand can be melted and made into by such a process. Thus a sea is turned into a desert. Apparently the New Jerusalem spacecraft is made of clear crystal (Rev 21:11,22).
Rev 21:2 And I John saw the holy city, new Jerusalem, coming down from God out of heaven, prepared as a bride adorned ((to snuff (a wick) and/or trim it, [kin to putting out one’s fire/flame passion, sexuality, sensuality, relationships to the human family, just like in the parable of the ten virgins])) for her husband.
Rev 21:3 And I heard a great voice out of heaven saying, Behold, the tabernacle ((habitation, vessel)) of God ((deity [reference to TI – the “chief administrator” (as Do said) of this garden])) is with ((amid, in the midst, accompanying)) men, and (he will) dwell with them, and they shall be his people, and God himself shall be with them, and be their God.
This dwelling may be referring to the way the Souls in Rev 20:4 are said to “live” accompanied by Christ which could mean anyone who has graduated into the Next Level via the Christing process, since in most all cases if it’s referring to TI or Do it would be “God” for TI and the Lamb or Jesus (in a vehicle LIKE the Son of Man, and “baptized by blood”). Do is also “God” but in this context it may very well be what John is being shown as the Jerusalem may be TI’s spacecraft and crew given it’s described as related to the “Twelve” which is part of the description of TI in Rev 12:1 as having “twelve crowns on her head.”
It was in 1976 in Laramie, Wyoming that TI and DO held a meeting with their students who numbered about 100, where they suggested it was possible that the Next Level could choose to make the earth into what they termed, if I recall correctly, a “celestial body” where members of the Next Level in their Next Level vehicles would be able to be among humans to some degree in some capacity, (I believe TI and DO did indicate that They wouldn’t live side by side among humans as that would be like humans choosing to live with a pack of dogs – no matter how well behaved those dogs, they would still be animals with their animal ways that the Next Level members would not need to subject themselves to). They said this would be possible if the humans had lifted their vibrations way above the way they were at that time (and to date I’m sure). For instance the context was in regards to the reports of humans firing guns at a spacecraft or punching a Next Level Member when they hadn’t done anything to them, but just because they were different or any number of other crude behaviors. I think that example was from a report of a human who had a close encounter whose name was Moody (though not saying it was a Next Level members he punched – it was just an example of how humans might react to Next Level members in their Next Level bodies and further shows the need for them to come incarnate to be able to have any significant teaching role. At that point of that Moody account TI and DO were not fully aware of which reports might have been Next Level Members and which ones were not. In fact TI once said, if some of these reports are referring to Next Level Members, when she got back there were going to be some major changes implemented.
While TI was incarnate we hadn’t had access to nearly the amount of data reported by abductees and contactees that showed, because of their behavior that most of these reports were not Next Level members. TI and DO always said they were only fed information to stay one step ahead of their student body. They said they knew there were Next Level tasks that went on, around the earth, that they knew nothing about. They would only suspect some of the other tasks from reports provided by humans. They were not given complete pictures very often and even when they did receive what they called a sizable “chunk of information” they said it took them time to understand it all and that that knew they probably didn’t understand it completely, though also knew and trusted they had what they needed for the sake of the student body.
They would compare with one another what ideas they were getting. That would be part of what they called a “check and balance” system they could then depend on to stay on track. They were “undercover agents behind enemy lines,” they said, with only a very limited type of radio contact with their base, so had to receive encrypted messages so not to alert the enemy – the Luciferian Space Aliens on what their next move might be. It was that real. So they had to be very focused and determined to enact every step with an expectation that it could shift at any moment if that is what the Next Level wanted from them. Often such shifts, they later learned, were to put some students to the test of how they would respond. When they knew they were receiving an instruction to move somewhere or do something they put it into motion right away and few knew of the new location. If they then got instruction to stop, they would stop. One example of several was while living outdoors in the wilderness in Wyoming or perhaps it was northern Colorado at that point, we had instructions to move the camp. So we took down all our tents that included a type of mess hall tent and a meeting tent and set up camp a few hundred yards away and then when we were done we got instructions to move it again. It was very hot and I can recall being very tired and hearing my vehicle complaining a bit. I would bet for some it was more than a little complaint from their vehicle. It could have even been the straw that broke the camel’s back, as the saying goes, that became a reason for a student to leave the classroom.
-Rev 7:17 For the Lamb which is in the midst of the throne shall feed them, and shall lead them unto living fountains of waters: and God shall wipe away all tears from their eyes.
Rev 21:4 And God shall wipe away all tears from their eyes; and there shall be no more death, neither sorrow, nor crying, neither shall there be any more pain: for the former things are passed away.
Rev 21:5 And he that sat upon the throne said, Behold, I make all things new. And he said unto me, Write: for these words are true and faithful.
Rev 21:6 And he said unto me, It is done. I am Alpha and Omega, the beginning and the end. I will give unto him that is athirst of the fountain of the water of life freely.
Thus the sixth seal time period also seems to outline the setup for the “new heaven and the new earth” as first described in Rev 21:1. By New Heaven it seems to be linked to when the “heaven departed as a scroll” in Rev 6:14 which appears to be before the 1000 years but perhaps is at the start of that period when the Luciferians are for the last time locked up underground. Regarding the “new earth,” Do said he felt the earth wasn’t going to be scrapped or replaced, just refurbished, spaded, recycled which included the human kingdom that is part of the Greek word, “ge”= “country, earth(-ly), ground, land, world [civilization]).
Since the Seals are both opening up of the content of the BOOK in Rev 5:1 and how that becomes an “affirmation period of time” for students, it’s apparent with the advent of the seventh and last seal opening there is still one last affirmation period, which is confirmed by the next verses in Rev chapter 21:
Rev 21:7 He that overcometh shall inherit all things; and I will be his God, and he shall be my son.
Rev 21:8 But the fearful, and unbelieving, and the abominable, and murderers, and whoremongers, and sorcerers, and idolaters, and all liars, shall have their part in the lake which burneth with fire and brimstone: which is the second death.
Thus this “lake which burneth with fire and brimstone” could very well be from huge volcanic eruptions that I can imagine could be made to flood many of the underground bases and/or under the sea potential hideouts that are really prison cells.
IV.G. SEVENTH SEAL – Silence from the Kingdom of God/Heaven.
Rev 8:1 And when he had opened the seventh seal, there was ((cause to be “gen”-erated, to become, arise, be assembled, be finished, be ended)) silence ((hush, resting, (relative))) in ((about)) heaven (about the space) of half ((partition, semi)) an hour.
Since this usage of “hour” is from Greek “hemiorion” a combination of “hemisu” as a partition or semi or half and “hora” – a “day or hour, season, (high) time, it could be reflective of either/or the 40 year “hour” (using the 1 day Next Level to 1000 years formula Jesus disciple Peter reported, and TI and DO and Crew often made reference to), which half of would be 20 human years.
Since the indication here is that the “silence, hush, resting” period is “generated” there may still be some forms of communication provided by the Next Level before the last events that spade the current human civilization. Apparently every human doesn’t die during this period – only those that became waste – of no future value to the Next Level. That was also indicated by Jesus when he said, “the “meek who shall inherit the earth” – the next group of people the Next Level seems to start a classroom through – the human vehicles saved Souls are assigned to try to take over to overcome in the start of the “new earth” and “new heaven” after the 1000 years.
Having analyzed this entire Book of Revelations it seems that the chapter divisions especially had Next Level helper assistance. Most can be sectioned off by their content but others are not so clear. In this one case in particular it would seem to make more sense to have included Rev 8:1 with Chapter 7 since it is the opening of the 7th and last seal, where chapters 6 and 7 contain the First through Sixth Seal Openings. But considering that the Next Level could have guided those who made these choices, namely said to be Archbishop Stephen Langton in the early 13th century, I’ve looked at Chapter 8 in a special way that can possibly be showing a type of cyclic new classroom beginning or the time to manifest the greater recycling announced with each of the Trumpet Soundings. The 7 Soundings were largely announcing who was coming when and what events were to accompany them that would have lessor degrees of manifestation during the preparatory early 17th and 18th centuries, primarily in the third of the planet of Europe to Africa and regarding Next Level membership arrival in the U.S.
As was shown in the section on the 7 Angels Sounding their Trumpets, they seem to be quite well connected to the 7 Angels who Pour out their Vials and constitute a great deal of the start of the Wrath of God that seems to be connected in the timeline to extend to after the 1000 years when the Luciferian are locked up underground.
Rev 21:9 And there came unto me one of the seven angels which had the seven vials full of the seven last plagues, and talked with me, saying, Come hither, I will shew thee the bride, the Lamb’s wife.
Rev 21:10 And he carried me away in the spirit to a great and high mountain, and shewed me that great city, the holy Jerusalem, descending out of heaven from God,
Rev 21:11 Having the glory of God: and her light was like unto a stone most precious, even like a jasper stone, clear as crystal;
It would seem this is the ARK in Rev 11:19 and as it is referred to in it’s introduction as the “Tabernacle of God” when the term “God” is differentiated from the LAMB or JESUS, thus mostly indicating who Do called the “Chief Administrator of the Earth” – His Older Member who was incarnate and named TI. This is further confirmed by Rev 12:1’s “woman’s” identity as having “upon her head a crown of twelve stars:” and verses Rev 21:12-20 describe it’s construction with twelve as a theme throughout.
This next verse depicts the street of the spacecraft as transparent glass which is what is depicted in Rev 4:6 as a “sea of glass like unto crystal” as a visual component of the “throne,” thus another example that points to this New Jerusalem craft being TI’s craft and crew. Do used to say, we had to live up to certain standards to be invited onto “TI’s Crew”:
Rev 21:21 And the twelve gates were twelve pearls: every several gate was of one pearl: and the street of the city was pure gold, as it were transparent glass.
According to Rev 21:22-27 this spacecraft has no temple (dwelling), saying the Lord God Almighty and Lamb are it’s temple. This “city” has no need of sun or moon as the glory of God and the Lamb light it. It’s indicated to provide the light for all who were saved – the references to a multitude. Yet it indicates not allowing anyone who defiles themselves can enter it. They have to be in the Lamb’s Book of life. Therefore indicating the classroom for those who are saved so they don’t defile themselves with “fearful, and unbelieving, and the abominable, and murderers, and whoremongers, and sorcerers, and idolaters, and all liars” behavior and ways. Again this indicates a type of classroom continues even though as Do said it could take several forms.
In summation it would seem that it’s during each of the 6th trumpet/seals/vials that the Older Members and their Crew are present, incarnate during the FIRST HARVEST WAVE and in their Spacecrafts for the LAST HARVEST WAVE. It is during the 7th Trumpet that the Seven Seals are opened starting with the 7th Thunder – the Heaven’s Gate “midheaven” prophecy beginning and ending with their voluntary exit of their human vehicles that became global news as TI and DO said it would in 1984-5. It is during the 6th Seal time that Do in some way shows his “presence” to the world and then during the 6th Plague/Calamity, (Vial pouring) that He comes back with his graduate students in their spacecrafts en-masse while the Luciferian Space Aliens are allowed to have their own harvest of human Souls who did not choose to show their allegiance to the Next Level and human DNA. It is during the 7th Seal that the 7th Vial is poured out that starts the greater part of the earth spading/recycling for 1000 years that brings about a final type of classroom and the final judgment during which Souls and Spirits (discarnate humans) who aren’t in the Book of Life are dissolved in the Lake of Fire. The righteous according to the Next Level remain. The question will always be for each of us, “whose side are we on?” It’s either TI and DO’s or the Luciferian Space Alien run Human Kingdom.
V. UNDERCOVER “JESUS” SURFACES BEFORE DEPARTURE – Do’s writing that was published to 90 World Wide Web Newsgroups in 1995 – the 6th Roar/Thunder. Part of the start of what would become the LAST HARVEST WAVE:
The original can be found on my blog at:
Undercover “Jesus” Surfaces Before Departure, By Do
I, Sawyer who was present with Do for 19 years (10 of which while TI was incarnate), from 1975 to 1994 that can be seen on the first, second and a few other of the Beyond Human video tapes as Do’s “helper,” sat in front of him to hear him say all these things many times in various ways. So I am an eye witness. I wanted to include this document just the way Do wrote it but because of the way Do’s writings have been copyrighted by others who I can not trust would give me permission to include in my book (and because my book is for sale as the best way to distribute it most widely), to not infringe on those human laws I’m re-writing Do’s document in my words, like I said the words I heard him say many times:
1. Do said he is a member of the Kingdom of God which is in generic terms referred to as “The Evolutionary Level Above Human” and that he is about to return to his Father’s Kingdom.
A. He said this return requires him to prepare to lay down his borrowed human body so he can renter his biological body that belongs to the Kingdom of God, just as he did approximately 2000 years ago when he laid down the human body that was about 33 years old in order to reenter his body belonging to the Kingdom of Heaven.
B. He said The Level Above Human is a physical Kingdom Level and it is in the physical Heavens aka space. Those who are in that Kingdom identify with their Soul and its mind (aka spirit) and not with the “flesh” or physical body they “wear.”
2. He says that this time his “Older Member” (who he realized was his Heavenly Father) came with him. It was in the early 1970’s that they incarnated into adult human bodies that were in their forties. About 2000 years ago, He incarnated into a body that was in its late 20’s or early 30’s just prior to, during and following his baptism with John the Baptist. (Note the incarnation was performed in stages as it takes time to put Next Level Mind into a human vehicle, although He said the Jesus body had been specially prepared for that task.)
3. He said it seemed each time we, or others come from the Level Above Human, to Earth or leave, it is by the transportation of a Next Level spacecraft.
4. He said his Father is an Older Member in the Next Level.
Note: They said that on earth there was the Mineral Kingdom then the Plant Kingdom and then the Animal Kingdom to the Human Kingdom but that the Human Kingdom was designed as a “stepping stone” or said in scripture as a “footstool” for Souls to graduate by their will and efforts by adopting all they are given by the incarnate Older Members who they can not graduate without as they must literally please both Older Members while with them in the flesh. However, those that can not be with them in the flesh now because they are not incarnate can still advance towards their graduation to adult membership and can even be rewarded with a student level membership in the Next Level that if they continue can be brought back to have the needed overcoming experience with the incarnate Older Member to gain Adult Next Level Membership that includes eternal life and significant service opportunities in their new Next Level family.
A. He said his “Father” birthed him into that Kingdom by taking him through his overcoming of a mammalian civilization and that this took place long before this current human civilization started. (Revelations chapter 12 indicates His Father births him again to the “throne” task that they then performed together before His Father exited the female vehicle he had taken to perform that task.)
B. He said he served as His “Father’s” student and apprentice while in relationship with this current civilization.
Note: TI actually said he served in the tasks/vehicles of Adam, Enoch, Moses, Elijah, then Jesus and to date in the name Do, pronounced “doe” which came in part from the Sound of Music SONG, a fulfillment of prophecy in Revelations chapter 14. TI and DO felt the Next Level works often by inspiring producers and directors and writers and that the Sound of Music was in particular shaped to provide a type of wake up smelling salt to TI and DO and their task. They said their task as TI and DO was their “6th closeness” and that the 7th and last closeness was as the “Jesus” return. This document represents the start of that seventh closeness as it’s the same Older Member but the seventh closeness in not an incarnate one. He will be in his Next Level vehicle. Rev 14:14 indicates it would be a vehicle that was “like unto the son of man” and Rev 19:13 indicates he is “clothed with a vesture dipped in blood,” what seems to be a direct reference to how when he was incarnate in the vehicle named Jesus he was baptized by shedding his blood – giving his life – laying down his body on his Older Member’s instruction as he said:
Joh 10:18 No man taketh it from me, but I lay it down of myself. I have power to lay it down, and I have power to take it again. This commandment have I received of my Father.
And he commissioned his disciples to follow in his footsteps as part of their requirement to be his disciple – to drink the same cup of his blood which every aspirant to membership in the Kingdom of Heaven must eventually rise to do. That is because each will have taken in enough Next Level Mind (holy spirit) to know that their physical human body is not who they have become and that they will trust their Soul will live on in the Next Level’s care, even though it’s a most difficult task to rise to because of how our human flesh generally wants to live. But the overcoming process entails overriding the human flesh and we can grow in that process by taking on all the behaviors and ways the Older Members provide us in whatever lesson step we are engaged which is ALL accomplished by asking the help of our Older Members whether they are incarnate or not. At this time the direct connection is to ask the help of TI and DO – asking for the strength to take the next steps they would have us each take that they will then help us to recognize and take while leaving it up to our free will on how fast to grow towards graduation.
C. He said that His Father’s relationship to earth was one of “Chief Administrator” and that His Father is the One referred to as the “True God” in the early phases of this civilization.
5. He said that this time around He came with His Older Member in a way They called “undercover,” to help Him pick up where the process left off about 2000 years ago to further birth and provide “fathering” experience with those Souls who would be the next new children in the Level Above Human, aka “sons.” He said this gave Him more experience in the birthing process. He said TI returned to His Next Level station in 1985 but continued to assist Him and communicate with Him from a more advanced perspective. (Note, Do speaks of TI as a “Him” because there is no gender to Next Level Souls or their biological vehicles they wear, though there is a purpose to what gender human vehicle a souls takes to overcome.)
A. He said his Father incarnated in a female body for His 15-year stay.
B. He said most of Their task required not acknowledging who They were historically which was a strategy because They wanted as little recognition and interference as possible to be able to gather the souls who were their students from the past. They were still identified as a tiny radical cult, because just like 2000 years ago prospective members left their families and relationships to follow Him and be his student. He said he knew he would be hated again for what Christians would call “blasphemy” because of saying who He is and he will be hated by families, etc. who are affected by all who aspire to leave with him/them because the mission requires forsaking all ties and binds to this world (family ties, responsibilities, and human-mammalian indulgences).
6. He said prospective new “sons” (souls who occupy both male and female bodies) were gathered by He and TI from 1975-76 and then in 1994 which was after TI had exited her incarnation and that all these souls had had a previous relationship with Him before this incarnation.
7. He said “students” were offered the opportunity to bond with Him and His Father just like bride would bond with her husband.
A. He said, since the Next Level has no mammalian or human members, these students had to become “new creatures.” They would bond in mind, spirit, and behavior that would be void of human sexuality, human types of binds, and addictions of this world. Some of the students with male vehicles chose on their own to have their vehicles neutered, aka castrated professionally to help them sustain a more genderless and objective consciousness.
Note: Jesus approved of such an action for the Kingdom of Heaven’s sake. (Mat 19:12)
B. He also said that students who successfully bond to the Level Above Human through Him and His Father must also prepare to lay down their human bodies as we go to the Kingdom of Heaven, in order to take bodies appropriate to and belonging to that more advanced Kingdom.
8. He said as they prepare to lay down their human vehicles and announce entry into the Next Kingdom as available there might be many humans who have received “souls” in “deposits” who may choose to separate from everything of their world to go with them.
A. He said these will try to rid themselves of their old minds, and identities to instead fill themselves with the mind that flows through him to be accepted as one of his “children.” He says it will “cost” them everything of this world, they will desperately desire to be rid of fast.
B. He said to go with him, expecting to leave “very soon,” would be students must look to Him and His students for all their needs as best they can and align with them – breaking human bonds. He said if these new students declare to others that TI and DO and Crew’s presence is from the Kingdom of God that leads to the “laying down” of their bodies in pursuit of the Next Kingdom as well, then they, too, will find themselves in the safekeeping of that Next Kingdom. By safekeeping He is saying they will be in line to receive further nurturing toward membership in the Next Level.
C. He said if TI doesn’t require this “disposition” of them, TI will take them up into His spacecraft (that will look to us as a cloud of light) before they “lay down their bodies.”
9. He said Humans with deposits containing souls can most likely be recognized as some of those who are quickly losing respect for this human world or its “system.” From an establishment point of view, they are acting irresponsible, anti-social, duped, crazy, as a drifter, loner, drop-out, separatist, or cult member, etc.
10. He said a humans lifestyle, belief system, or moral values don’t matter much in between “visits” from incarnate Members of the Next Level like now and 2000 years ago. What’s important is that the Kingdom of Heaven is here NOW in HIM and in HIS students.
11. He said the evidence they speak the truth is:
A. Their information and actions match recorded accounts of the presence, behavior and mission and departure of our previous visits from the Next Level while offering membership in the Kingdom of Heaven, Kingdom of God.
B. Any Soul who knew anyone from the Next Level during past visits are capable of recognizing them and their information again now.
C. It appears some of the crashed spacecrafts were staged by the Next Level that delivered some of them to help human skeptics realize earth has otherworldly visitors.
12. He said just as 2000 years ago, no one gets to His Father or enters the Kingdom of Heaven except through Him. No other Son of His Father or Representative from the Next Level is incarnate. He said connecting with “that kingdom” only takes place when a Member is incarnate, as he is today.
Note: To those who would see this statement from Do as indicating, since he’s no longer incarnate, there is therefore no way to “connect with the Next Level,” they are not correct, though it can seem to some a cut and dry statement, so can be used by some as an excuse to not learn more about what he said that broadens that perspective. That would be one’s choice to see that way and the Next Level Older Members do “test” us, which considering everything else he said before and after writing this statement, this appears to be one of those tests. Taking what he said verbatim it is quite possible that everyone that comes to believe in and follow his teachings did “connect” with “that Kingdom” during the time when he was incarnate. For instance, one could have been 10 years old when they heard about the Heavens Gate cult and saw the Hale Bopp Comet and they could have had thoughts and feelings that led them to connect in whatever way at that time. Actually, several told me this happened to them when they were about that age. One told me, when he saw them on the news and saw the comet he had the thought that these were “the Saints” in the Bible. Others told me they knew this cult was different from all the others they heard about – an intuitive knowing, not because they had studied it all as they were very young in 1997. Do said that as long as a Rep was present incarnate “tags” and/or deposits of recognition could be given so these seem to be some examples. Do didn’t say “connect with him,” he said, “connect with that kingdom.”
He was also saying He is the only one who would be incarnate. Whether we connect with the Next Kingdom by projecting our asking to the highest Beings we can imagine exists or to the Hale Bopp comet, thinking someone might be in or on it or along side it, in it’s tail or generally with it in a spacecraft is connecting, though since He was the primary focus in the news surrounding their exit, however one connects is also connecting with him personally because he is serving/representing the Next Kingdom via his incarnation. He is the provided Link. His incarnate presence is the link – what he said and did while he was incarnate is the only instructions to follow. So that means everything he taught while incarnate for as long as it is present is the way to connect with him which includes talking to him right now.
Additionally, if this wasn’t the case, how is it that Do said in the Beyond Human Series and said in the video, Last Chance to Evacuate Earth Before It’s Recycled, given by Do on September 29, 1996, thus long after the Undercover “Jesus.”.. document, that there are three kinds or types of individuals that can have a possible future with the Kingdom of God and escape the spading under. The third type are those that never even heard of TI and DO so if they could only connect with the Next Level during his incarnation and that meant only through him, if they didn’t know of him how could they connect and be saved? It’s because as he explains some begin to separate from the world and are even seen by the world as derelict, irresponsible, cultists, separatist, even militia types (though not condoning being violent in any way) who hate the status quo and/or the human governments and/or the overall system, though they don’t know what other option there is. Do suggested Randy Weaver, and the Branch Davidians as some examples.
13. He said there are space aliens that are humanoids who are remnants from other civilizations that have spacecrafts and travel in near space. He says they grow and harvest hybrid bodies to “wear” and they enlist “souls” who fail to become children in the Kingdom of Heaven/God who are called Luciferians because of their lineage.
14. He said These Luciferian space aliens “jump in” immediately after Next Level Representatives exit their incarnation and influence remaining “patriarch(s)” to mix truth and misinformation together to become a new religion which supports the fact that accurate knowledge concerning the Next Level is only available while there are incarnate Representatives.
15. He said the Next Level sends crews to “tag” or make “deposits” in human bodies and their minds/spirits just before and during the time Next Level Representatives are incarnate “offering” their birth. Deposits offer the recipients “recognition” of the Representatives and, to some degree, recognition of the “information” from the Next Level while also serving as “homing devices” to lead recipients to the Representatives and the information to move closer to their graduation into the Next Kingdom. Without these “deposits” that provide “recognition,” a human can not become a student.
16. He said all souls of this civilization who ever received deposits from the Next Level have returned at this close of the Age. The Next Level tasks their servants, TI and DO and Crew to test them. How they respond to Do and His students, and Their information will become the criteria to judge whether a human will or will not have a further relationship with the Kingdom of God. Coming in contact with this information forces their decision and by the stand each human takes they judges themselves, choose to be saved (redeemed) or not. Those who accept TI and DO and Crew and endure until They leave will go with Them so won’t need to experience the “spading under” or recycling of this earth – and will in the future become new beginning members in the real Above Human Kingdom Level in the Heavens.